Home

Conair Water/Spray Tanks Water System User Manual

1. a GEE Fs d O wt aT Po T au TE Fl TE w ane ae pes I Sa IE ge TE FIL HR KERR Le Tel 12 BBGA es I s EE 7 if A ma a FA FE 2 Fan 5 error LED Fan 4 error LED H8 Heartbeat LED Fan 3 error LED Fan 2 error LED Fan 1 error LED PCI Express slot 2 error LED PCI Express slot 1 error LED Microprocessor error LED Battery error LED Standby power LED BOHR 536E System board error LED 112 Hardware Maintenance Manual SAS SATA Controller LED DIMM 1 6 error LEDs El IMM heart beat LED Table 7 System board LEDs Error LEDs When one of these LEDs is lit it indicates that the associated component has failed Baseboard management controller This LED flashes to indicate that the IMM is functioning normally heartbeat LED Standby power LED When this LED is lit it indicates that the
2. M EES ES amp PLL B I Te PLL I IT PLL Gs aoan baf Tl AAAA TE l En wn N 8 YY 5 2 2 o JD o Fo w WE 6 co h ca EH Es na de o Table 23 System board jumpers Clear CMOS jumper EH e Pins 1 and 2 Keep CMOS data default Pins 2 and 3 Clear CMOS data including power on password and administrator password Boot block jumper El Pins 1 and 2 Boot from primary BIOS page default Pins 2 and 3 Boot from backup BIOS page Notes 1 If no jumper is present the server responds as if the pins are set to 1 and 2 2 Changing the position of the UEFI boot recovery jumper from pins 1 and 2 to pins 2 and 3 before the server is turned on alters which flash ROM page is loaded Do not change the jumper pin position after the server is turned on This can cause an unpredictable problem Using the Boot Manager program The Boot Manager program is a built in menu driven configuration utility program that you can use to temporarily redefine the first startup device without changing settings in the Setup Utility 202 Hardware Maintenance Manual To use the Boot
3. l DD Ei Me RE 4 If you are instructed to return the virtual media key follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the virtual media key To install the virtual media key complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 3 Align the virtual media key J with the mounting tab J and HE then slide it down the tab onto the connector J on the system board Press the virtual media key down into the connector until it is firmly seated on the system board 166 Hardware Maintenance Manual 4 9 a T Ed EE BH 5 BE A ES od m E Microproce o J gt l Ho el e dl Go
4. EN ma TE Es a The following table describes the jumpers on the system board m E a O Al p b Table 25 System board jumpers Clear CMOS jumper El e Pins 1 and 2 Keep CMOS data default Pins 2 and 3 Clear CMOS data including power on password and administrator password Boot block jumper Eq Pins 1 and 2 Boot from primary BIOS page default Pins 2 and 3 Boot from backup BIOS page Notes 1 If no jumper is present the server responds as if the pins are set to 1 and 2 2 Changing the position of the UEFI boot recovery jumper from pins 1 and 2 to pins 2 and 3 before the server is turned on alters which flash ROM page is loaded Do not change the jumper pin position after the server is turned on This can cause an unpredictable problem Using the integrated management module The integrated management module IMM is a second generation of the functions that were formerly provided by the baseboard management controller hardware It combines service processor functions video controller and when an optional virtual media key is installed remote presence function in a single chip The IMM supports the following basic systems management features e Environmental monitor with fan speed control for temperature voltages fan failure and power supply failure Chapter 8 Configuring the server 213 DIM
5. fa OOe 2 Power cord connector El NMI button El Serial connector El USB 3 4 connector El Ethernet 1 activity LED USB 1 2 connector El Ethernet 1 link LED E Video connector E Ethernet 2 activity LED EER Power supply error LED amber 6 Ethernet 2 link LED El vc power LED green PCI slot 1 EE AC power LED green EH PCi slot 2 System board internal connectors The following illustration shows the internal connectors on the system board nan ja Es Es AAARAAAAAAAG FES q Cals El t di 8 S 2 z i i a t w aa O 20 pe 8 jar r EEE lt EE EE oo oe 15 Ca co Ey ojlo L H mi Al TE e EI Es aa Ea mamn ii Ha HE FH EN DIMM1 E Fan 1 connector Riser card connector 2 EH DiIMM2 EH Hard disk backpl
6. ODOOO000 oooor000000 OOOO ol ooo oo Oooo oooooooo Power cord connector Serial connector Ethernet 1 activity LED Ethernet 1 link LED Ethernet 2 activity LED Ethernet 2 link LED 14 PCI slot 1 PCI slot 2 BRR OHO o O00000 OOo NMI button USB 3 4 connector USB 1 2 connector Video connector Power supply error LED amber DC power LED green AC power LED green You must turn off the server before you connect or disconnect cables See the documentation that comes with any external devices for additional cabling instructions It might be easier for you to route cables before you connect the devices to the server Cable identifiers are printed on the cables that come with the server and optional devices Use these identifiers to connect the cables to the correct connectors Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 173 Updating the server configuration When you start the server for the first time after you add or remove an internal option or external device you might receive a message that the configuration has changed The UEFI Setup Utility program starts automatically so that you can save the new configuration settings Some options have device drivers that you must install For information about installing device drivers see the documentation that comes with each option If the server has an optional RAID and you have installed or removed a hard disk drive se
7. E EE OE i mi EH EEES i T i a En gt RSS El at fi 2 8 S o o AF ra ES E i J ZE m es a EHE TEE AH Serial com 1 connector E Ethernet connector 2 2 Video connector 6 USB connectors 3 and 4 El Ethernet connector 1 SVV1 NMI button El USB connectors 1 and 2 System board optional device connectors The following illustration shows the connectors on the system board for user installable optional devices Chapter 5 Locating Server Controls and connectors 109 Microprocessor i fg co Es ojjo NE 9 z ECA a EA DEA aA FRE n d DIMM 1 El DVD drive connector El DIMM2 El Hypervisor flash device connector El DIMM3 El Riser card connector 2 EN DIMM4 Riser card connector 1 EH DIMM5 El Battery IH DIMM6 EER Virtual media key con
8. ri De 00000000000 SS Sasa eae Es OOOOOOOOOOOOOoooOoOoOoOoOoOoOooOoOoOooooOoO NMI button USB 3 4 connector o 068 e 00 oo 00 Video connector USB 1 2 connector Chapter 4 Diagnostics 63 System pulse LEDs The follovving LEDs are on the system board and indicates the system povver on and povver off sequencing and boot progress see System board LEDs on page 112 for the location of these LEDS Table 4 System pulse LEDs Description Action OC Enclosure manager heartbeat power on and power off sequencing 1 If the LED flashes at 1Hz it is functioning properly and no action is necessary If the LED is not flashing trained service technician only replace the system board IMM heartbeat IMM heartbeat boot process The following steps describe the different stages of the IMM heartbeat sequencing process 1 When this LED is flashing fast approximately 4Hz the IMM code is in the loading process When this LED goes off momentarily this indicates that the IMM code has loaded completely When this LED goes off momentarily and then starts flashing slowing approximately 1Hz thelMM is fully operational You can now press the power contr
9. Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 179 6531 Software FRU FRU WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1169 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1170 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1171 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1172 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1173 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1174 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1175 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1176 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1177 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1178 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1179 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1180 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1181 WS 2008 SBS SP2 PREM 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1182 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1183 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1184 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1185 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1186 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1187 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1188 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1189 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1190 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1191 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit FR mode
10. Has this configuration ever worked What changes if any were made before the configuration failed Is this the original reported failure e Diagnostic program type and version level e Hardware configuration print screen of the system summary e IMM firmware level e Operating system software You can solve some problems by comparing the configuration and software setups between working and nonworking servers When you compare servers to each other for diagnostic purposes consider them identical only if all the following factors are exactly the same in all the servers e Machine type and model e IMM firmware level e Adapters and attachments in the same locations e Address jumpers terminators and cabling e Software versions and levels e Diagnostic program type and version level e Configuration option settings e Operating system control file setup Chapter 4 Diagnostics 105 106 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 5 Locating Server Controls and connectors This section describes the controls light emitting diodes LEDS and connectors on the front and rear of the server and how to turn the server on and off For the location of the LEDs on the system board see System board LEDs on page 112 Note The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your model Front view The following illustration shows the controls LEDs and connectors The following illustration shows the controls LE
11. Chapter 3 General Checkout 15 c In the Browse by product window Family list select ThinkServer RS210 d Click Downloads and drivers e Click User s guides and manuals to look for related documentation c Check for service bulletins Lenovo service bulletins document known problems and suggested solutions To search for service bulletins complete the following steps 1 Go to http www lenovo com support 2 3 In the Browse by product window Family list select ThinkServer RS210 4 From the Select your product list select Servers and Storage Click Downloads and drivers to look for service information Note Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document d Check for and replace defective hardware If a hardware component is not operating within specifications it can cause unpredictable results Most hardware failures are reported as error codes in a system or operating system log See Troubleshooting tables on page 46 and Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs on page 115 for more information Hardware errors are also indicated by LEDs on the system board see System board LEDs on page 112 for more information Troubleshooting procedures are also provided on the Lenovo Web site A single problem might cause multiple symptoms Follow the diagnostic procedure for the most obvious symptom If that procedure does not diagnose the
12. Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Remove the server from the rack then remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 139 4 Remove the DIMM air baffle see Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle on page 121 5 Remove the heat sink CAUTION The heat sink may become very hot during normal operation Allow time for the heat sink to cool down before you touch it a Loosen the screw on one side of the heat sink to break the seal with the microprocessor b Press firmly on the captive screws and loosen them with a screwdriver c Use your fingers to gently pull the heat sink from the microprocessor Na 6 Lift the heat sink out of the server After removal place the heat sink on its side on a clean flat surface 7 Release the microprocessor retention latch J by pressing down on the end moving it to the side and releasing it to the open up position 8 Open the microprocessor bracket frame El by lifting up the tab on the top edge Keep the bracket frame in the open position Attention Handle the microprocessor carefully Dropping the microprocessor during removal can damage the contacts Also contaminants on the microprocessor contacts
13. Lenovo may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents You can send license inquiries in writing to Lenovo United States Inc 1009 Think Place Building One Morrisville NC 27560 U S A Attention Lenovo Director of Licensing LENOVO PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some jurisdictions do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions therefore this statement may not apply to you This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Changes are periodically made to the information herein these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication Lenovo may make improvements and or changes in the product s and or the program s described in this publication at any time without notice The products described in this document are not intended for use in implantation or other life support applications where malfunction may result in injury or death to persons The information contained in this document does not affect or change Lenovo product specifications or warranties Nothing in this document shall operate as an express or implied license or indemni
14. Remove the hard disk drives from the cage see Replacing hard disk drives on page 126 Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Attention To ensure proper cooling and airflow do not operate the server for more than 30 minutes with the cover removed Remove the hard disk drive backplane or back plate e 2 5 inch drive models Remove the hard disk drive backplane from the cage See Replacing the SAS SATA hard disk drive back plate or backplane on page 153 for instructions e 3 5 inch drive models Remove the hard disk drive backplane or back plate from the cage See Replacing the SAS SATA hard disk drive back plate or backplane on page 153 for instructions Remove the screws that hold the drive cage in place Slide the drive cage forward and remove it from the server If you are instructed to return the drive cage follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the drive cage The following illustration shows installing a simple swap 3 5 inch drive cage Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 137 The following illustration shows installing a hot swap 2 5 inch drive cage 138 Hardware Maintenance Manual To install a drive cage complete the following steps 1 Make sure that the backplane or back plate is removed from the drive cage See Removing the backplane or back plate 3 5 inch drives on page 153
15. Statement 26 A CAUTION Do not place any object on top of rack mounted devices Attention This server is suitable for use on an IT power distribution system whose maximum phase to phase voltage is 240 V under any distribution fault condition Important This product is not suitable for use with visual display workplace devices according to Clause 2 of the German Ordinance for Work with Visual Display Units 4 Hardware Maintenance Manual Important information about replacing RoHS compliant FRUs RoHS The Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive 2002 95 EC is a European Union legal requirement affecting the global electronics industry ROHS requirements must be implemented on Lenovo products placed on the market and sold in the European Union after June 2006 Products on the market before June 2006 are not required to have RoHS compliant parts If the parts are not compliant originally replacement parts can also be noncompliant but in all cases if the parts are compliant the replacement parts must also be compliant Note RoHS and non RoHS FRU part numbers with the same fit and function are identified with unique FRU part numbers Lenovo plans to transition to ROHS compliance well before the implementation date and expects its suppliers to be ready to support Lenovo s requirements and schedule in the EU Products sold in 2005 will contain some RoHS compliant FRUs The following stat
16. 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the povver cords and all external cables then remove the server cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 3 If you have installed an optional PCI X riser card assembly HJ disconnect the riser card power cable from the riser card assembly Expansion slot cover PCI card Expansion slot 2 Guide channels Riser card assembly PCI card Expansion slot 1 BAG Expansion slot cover 4 Grasp the riser card at the front grip point and rear edges then lift to remove the riser card assembly Place the riser card assembly on a flat static protective surface 5 Remove the expansion slot cover on the slot that you intend to use 132 Hardware Maintenance Manual Attention PCI expansion slot covers must be installed on all vacant slots This maintains the electronic emissions characteristics of the server and ensures proper cooling of server components 6 Follow the instructions that come with the PCI card to set any jumpers or switches Attention When you install an PCI card make sure that it is completely and correctly seated in the expansion slot in the riser card Incomplete insertion might cause damage to the riser card system board or the PCI card when you turn on the server 7 Insert the PCI card int
17. If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom You suspect a software 1 To determine whether the problem is caused by the software make sure that problem e The server has the minimum memory that is needed to use the software For memory requirements see the information that comes with the software If you have just installed an optional device or memory the server might have a memory address conflict e The software is designed to operate on the server e Other software works on the server e The software works on another server If you received any error messages when using the software see the information that comes with the software for a description of the messages and suggested solutions to the problem Contact the software vendor 60 Hardware Maintenance Manual Universal Serial Bus USB port problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step i
18. The application starts automatically Hardware detection runs and a list of applicable firmware updates is displayed Note You need to boot the CD or DVD two times one time to update the system and adapter firmware and one time to update the HDD firmware 9 Select the firmware updates that you want to install Chapter 8 Configuring the server 211 Before distributing the firmware update to other servers ensure that your server can restart successfully without encountering hardware problems Starting the backup server firmware The system board contains a backup copy area for the server firmware This is a secondary copy of the server firmware that you update only during the process of updating the server firmware If the primary copy of the server firmware becomes damaged use this backup copy To force the server to start from the backup copy turn off the server then place the JP6 jumper in the backup position pins 2 and 3 Use the backup copy of the server firmware until the primary copy is restored After the primary copy is restored turn off the server then move the JP6 jumper back to the primary position pins 1 and 2 Recovering the UEFI firmware If the UEFI firmware has become damaged such as from a power failure during an update you can recover the UEFI firmware using the boot block jumper and a UEFI recovery diskette The system board contains a backup copy area for the server firmware This is a second
19. Undocumented problems Chapter 4 Diagnostics Diagnostic tools Event logs A Viewing event igs through the Setup utility Viewing event EE vvithout restarting the server S ah ty dea en ed T Clearing the event age POST POST error codes System event log Integrated management module error messages Troubleshooting tables EasyStartup problems DVD drive problems General problems Hard disk drive problems Hypervisor problems Intermittent problems AAE a Keyboard mouse or pointing device problems M ee aa Memory problems Microprocessor problems Monitor problems Optional device problems Power problems Serial device problems Copyright Lenovo 2009 2010 ao 18 19 19 19 26 27 46 46 47 48 48 50 51 52 53 54 54 57 58 59 Software problems i F Universal Serial Bus USB poit problems i Video problems Error LEDs Power supply LEDs System pulse LEDs fe he Diagnostic programs and messages Running the diagnostic programs Diagnostic text messages Viewing the test log Diagnostic messages Recovering the server firmware Automated boot recovery ABR Three boot failure Solving power problems Solving Ethernet controller ODIEM Solving undetermined problems Problem determination tips Chapter 5 Locating Server Controls and connectors Front view Rear view Ed E System board internal connectors System board external connectors System boar
20. b Trained service technician only System board Update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 211 Trained service technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing the microprocessor on page 141 Update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 211 Trained service technician only Reseat the microprocessor Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor b Trained service technician only System board Update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 211 Trained service technician only Replace the microprocessor If the server fails the POST memory test reseat the DIMMs Remove and replace any DIMM for which the associated error LED is lit see Removing a memory module on page 125 and Installing a memory module on page 125 3 Run the Setup utility to enable all the DIMMs 4 Run the DSA Preboot memory test see Running the diagnostic programs on page 65 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on
21. 197 198 198 201 202 203 204 205 206 206 206 207 207 207 Before you use the EasyStartup DVD EasyStartup overview Installing your operating vere without using EasyStartup Updating the firmware Using the EasyUpdate Firmware Updater 1001 Starting the backup server firmware Recovering the UEFI firmware 3 Using the integrated management odi IBM Advanced Settings Utility program Installing ThinkServer EasyManage software Installation requirements Installation order Installing Windows 2008 32 bit components Uninstalling the LANDesk Software Agent i Using the remote presence EREDI and blue screen capture Enabling the remote presence feature Obtaining the IP address for the IMM Logging on to the Web interface Enabling the Intel Gigabit Ethernet Utility program Configuring the Gigabit Ethemet EPES Enabling and configuring Serial over LAN SOL UEFI update and configuration Appendix A Notices Copyright Lenovo 2009 2010 208 208 210 211 211 212 212 213 214 215 215 215 216 217 217 217 217 218 218 218 219 219 221 Trademarks Important notes Product recycling and deposal Compliance with Republic of Turkey Directive on the Restriction of Hazardous Substances Recycling statements for Japan Battery return program en German Ordinance for Work des statement Electronic emission notices Federal Communications Commissio
22. EMVG vom 20 Juli 2007 fr her Gesetz ber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Ger ten bzw der EMV EG Richtlinie 2004 108 EC fr her 89 336 EWG fur Ger te der Klasse A Appendix A Notices 227 Dieses Ger t ist berechtigt in Ubereinstimmung mit dem Deutschen EMVG das EG Konformitatszeichen CE zu f hren Verantwortlich f r die Konformitatserklarung nach Paragraf 5 des EMVG ist die Lenovo Deutschland GmbH Gropiusplatz 10 D 70563 Stuttgart Informationen in Hinsicht EMVG Paragraf 4 Abs 1 4 Das Ger t erfullt die Schutzanforderungen nach EN 55024 und EN 55022 Klasse A Nach der EN 55022 Dies ist eine Einrichtung der Klasse A Diese Einrichtung kann im Wohnbereich Funtst rungen verursachen in diesem Fall kann vom Betreiber verlangt werden angemessene Ma nahmen durchzuf hren und daf r aufzukommen Nach dem EMVG Ger te d rfen an Orten f r die sie nicht ausreichend entst rt sind nur mit besonderer Genehmigung des Bundesministers fur Post und Telekommunikation oder des Bundesamtes f r Post und Telekommunikation betrieben werden Die Genehmigung wird erteilt wenn keine elektromagnetischen St rungen zu erwarten sind Auszug aus dem EMVG Paragraph 3 Abs 4 Dieses Genehmigungsverfahren ist nach Paragraph 9 EMVG in Verbindung mit der entsprechenden Kostenverordnung Amtsblatt 14 93 kostenpflichtig Anmerkung Um die Einhaltung des EMVG sicherzustellen sind die Ger te wie in den Handbiche
23. For additional information see Using the integrated management module on page 213 e Remote presence capability and blue screen capture The remote presence and blue screen capture features are integrated functions of the integrated management module IMM and are available with the purchase of the optional Lenovo Virtual Media Key A virtual media key is required to enable the remote presence and blue screen capture features The remote presence feature provides the following functions Remotely viewing video with graphics resolutions up to 1280 x 1024 regardless of the system state Remotely accessing the server using the keyboard and mouse from a remote client Mapping the DVD drive diskette drive and USB flash drive on a remote client and mapping ISO and diskette image files as virtual drives that are available for use by the server Uploading a diskette image to the IMM memory and mapping it to the server as a virtual drive The blue screen capture feature captures the video display contents before the IMM restarts the server when the IMM detects an operating system hang condition A system administrator can use the blue screen capture to assist in determining the cause of the hang condition See Using the remote presence capability and blue screen capture on page 217 for additional information Copyright Lenovo 2009 2010 7 8 Large system memory capability The memory bus supports up to 24 GB of memo
24. Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number componer Test Description 166 902 xxx IMM I2C Failed The IMM If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site Test indicates a for more troubleshooting information at failure in the http www lenovo com support memory bus 166 901 xxx IMM I2C Failed The IMM Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test indicates a the power source You must disc
25. Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information A newly installed hard disk Observe the associated amber hard disk drive status LED If the LED is lit it drive is not recognized indicates a drive fault If the LED is lit remove the drive from the bay wait 45 seconds and reinsert the drive making sure that the drive assembly connects to the hard disk drive backplane Observe the associated green hard disk drive activity LED and the amber status LED e lf the green activity LED is flashing and the amber status LED is not lit the drive is recognized by the controller and is working correctly Run the DSA hard disk drive test to determine whether the drive is detected If the green activity LED is flashing and the amber status LED is flashing slowly the drive is recognized by the controller and is rebuilding If neither LED is lit or flashing check the hard disk drive backplane go to step 4 on page 49 If the green activity LED is flashing and the amber status LED is li
26. Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician e Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new ee drivers or to submit a request for information Message number ee a Test Description 201 902 xxx Memory Memory Failed Test failure Turn off the system and disconnect it from the Test single bit power source and multi bit 3 Reseat DIMM z error failing DIMM z Reconnect the system to power and turn on the system Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Run the test again 7 Replace the failing DIMMs Re enable all memory in the Setup utility see Using the Setup Utility on page 197 9 Run the test again 10 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 202 80
27. You may need to disengage the cables from cable retention clips Note the routing of the fan cable to the connector you will have to route the fan cable the same way when you install the fan b Grasp the top of the fan with your index finger and thumb and lift the fan out of the server 148 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 14 Removing the fan Fan 1 4 Fan 4 EH Fan 2 E Fan 5 El Fan 3 9 If you are instructed to return the fan follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a fan assembly To install the replacement fan complete the following steps 1 Position the replacement fan so that the airflow arrow on the fan points toward the rear of the server Note Correct airflow is from the front to the rear of the server 2 Install the replacement fan in the bracket a Make sure that the fan cable J sits in the channel on the side of the fan Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 149 b In the location from which you removed the failed fan route the fan cable into its slot jin the fan bracket top c Insert the fan EJ into the bracket Ell d Make sure that each of the grey soft tabs on the fan is fully seated in its slot in the fan bracket 3 Connect the replacement fan cable to the system board 4 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 Replacing the system board battery To replace the system board battery complete the followi
28. diagnose The server resets restarts occasionally Make sure that e All cables and cords are connected securely to the rear of the server and attached devices When the server is turned on air is flowing from the fan grille If there is no airflow the fan is not working This can cause the server to overheat and shut down Check the system error log or IMM system event log see POST on page 19 If the reset occurs during POST and the POST watchdog timer is enabled click System Settings gt Integrated Management Module gt POST Watchdog Timer in the UEFI Setup Utility program to see the POST watchdog setting make sure that sufficient time is allowed in the watchdog timeout value POST Watchdog Timer If the server continues to reset during POST see POST on page 19 If the reset occurs after the operating system starts disable any automatic server restart ASR utilities or ASR devices that may be installed Note ASR utilities operate as operating system utilities and are related to the IPMI device driver If the reset continues to occur after the operating system starts the operating system might have a problem see Software problems on page 60 If neither condition applies check the system error log or IMM system event log see POST on page 19 If the problem remains call for service Chapter 4 Diagnostics 51 Reyboard mouse or pointing device problems e Follow
29. partition e Partition settings This task enables you to choose the file system type and define the partition size e Installation settings This task prompts you for user and system settings the operating system product key and the administrator password e Network settings This task prompts you for domain and workgroup settings Ethernet controller type IP address settings DNS settings and WINS address settings e Install applications This task enables you to run custom commands or scripts at the end of the installation process It also facilitates the installation of DVD burning software and ThinkServer EasyManage software products e Install Windows components This task enables you to install optional Windows components such as IIS ASP NET and SNMP e Confirm settings This task enables you to review all of the information you provided e Save response file This task gives you the option of saving the information on a diskette or USB device as a response file for future installations on similarly configured Lenovo servers e Start installation This task starts the actual installation process First the disk is prepared using the disk and partition information you specified Then you are prompted to insert the operating system disk and the operating system is installed using the information that you specified Installing your operating system without using EasyStartup If you have already configured the server har
30. removed replaced or updated before the problem occurred e Device drivers e Server firmware e Hardware components e Software If possible return the server to the condition it was in before the problem occurred 2 Collect data Thorough data collection is necessary for diagnosing hardware and software problems a Document error codes and system board LEDs e System error codes See POST error codes on page 19 for information about a specific error code e See System board LEDs on page 112 for the location of the system board LEDs e Software or operating system error codes See the documentation for the software or operating system for information about a specific error code See the manufacturer s Web site for documentation 14 Hardware Maintenance Manual b Collect system data Run the Dynamic System Analysis DSA diagnostics program to collect information about the hardware firmware software and operating system Have this information available when you contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service provider See Diagnostic programs and messages on page 64 for the instructions to run the DSA program If you need to download the latest version of DSA go to http www lenovo com support 3 Follow the problem resolution procedures The four problem resolution procedures are presented in the order in which they are most likely to solve your problem Follow these procedures in the order in which t
31. see Event logs on page 17 and Diagnostic programs and messages on page 64 Performing the checkout procedure To perform the checkout procedure complete the following steps Step 1 Step 2 Is the server part of a cluster e No Go to step Step 2 on page 14 e Yes Shut down all failing servers that are related to the cluster Go to step Step 2 on page 14 Complete the following steps Toro 2O DoD Check the power supply LEDs see Power supply LEDs on page 63 Turn off the server and all external devices Check all internal and external devices for compatibility at http Awww lenovo com support Check all cables and power cords Set all display controls to the middle positions Turn on all external devices Turn on the server If the server does not start see Troubleshooting tables on page 46 Check the system error LED on the operator information panel If it is flashing check the LEDs on the system board see System board LEDs on page 112 Check for the following results e Successful completion of POST see POST on page 19 for more information e Successful completion of startup Diagnosing a problem Before you contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service provider follow these procedures in the order in which they are presented to diagnose a problem with your server 1 Determine what has changed Determine whether any of the following items were added
32. system information to aid in diagnosing server problems The diagnostic programs collect the following information about the server System configuration Network interfaces and settings Installed hardware Service processor status and configuration Vital product data firmware and UEFI formerly called BIOS configuration Hard disk drive health RAID controller configuration Hardware Maintenance Manual Event logs for RAID controllers and service processors The diagnostics programs create a merged log that includes events from all collected logs The information is collected into a file that you can send to the Lenovo technical support team to help diagnose a problem Additionally you can vievv the information locally through a generated text report file You can also copy the log to a removable medium and view the HTML log from a Web browser For additional information about diagnostics see Chapter 4 Diagnostics on page 17 e EasyStartup DVD The ThinkServer EasyStartup program guides you through the configuration of RAID controllers and the installation of the operating system and device drivers See Using the EasyStartup DVD on page 207 for details e EasyManage DVD The ThinkServer EasyManage program helps you manage and administer your servers through remote problem notification as well as monitoring and alerting Specifications The following information is a summary of the feat
33. the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com s
34. three tests http www lenovo com support 8 Run the test again 9 For additional troubleshooting information go to http www lenovo com support 10 Run the test again 11 Replace the DVD drive 12 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 215 803 xxx DVD Drive Verify Failed The disc Wait for the system activity to stop Media might be in Run the test again Installed use by the Read system Turn off and restart the system Write Run the test again Test Replace the DVD drive Self Test If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at Messages http www lenovo com support and actions apply to all three tests Chapter 4 Diagnostics 93 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician e Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to
35. www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new ee drivers or to submit a request for information Message number componen est Test Description 166 903 xxx IMM I2C Failed The IMM Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test indicates a the power source You must disconnect the failure in the system from ac power to reset the IMM aes bus After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the Bus 2 power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Run the test again 7 Disconnect the system from the power source Replace the DIMMs one at a time and run the test again after replacing each DIMM Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 10 Run the test again 11 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source 12 Reseat all of the DIMMs 13 Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 14 Run the test again 15 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source 16 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 17 Reconnect the system to t
36. 10 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 92 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test Description 215 802 xxx DVD Drive e Verify The media Close the media tray and wait 15 seconds Media tray is open 2 Run the test again Installed s Head 3 Insert a new CD DVD into the drive and wait for Nen 15 seconds for the media to be recognized Test 4 Run the test again e Self Test 5 Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or broken connections or damage to the cable Messages Replace the cable if it is damaged and 6 Run the test again actions 7 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest apply to all level For the latest level of DSA code go to
37. 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number componer Test Description 166 821 xxx IMM I2C Aborted IMM 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test stopped a the power source You must disconnect the 166 822 xxx command system from ac power to reset the IMM response could not be provided IMM 3 Run the test again initialization 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest is in level For the latest level of DSA code go to progress http www lenovo com support After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system IMM I2C Aborted IMM I2C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test stopped the the power source You must disconnect the destination is system from ac power to reset the IMM unavailable After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com suppor
38. 90Y1176 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit GR models CTO All Models WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit TR models CTO All Models WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1190 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1191 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1192 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1193 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1194 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1195 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1196 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1197 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1198 ROK WS2008 FOUND 64bit MUI EN JP models CTO All Models 90Y1199 ROK WS2008 FOUND 64bit MUI EN FR GR SP IT models CTO All Models 901200 Table 18 Parts listing Types 6534 CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number mpe EE Riser PCI E FH models CTO All Models 49Y4673 Riser PCI E LP models CTO All Models access sT Air Duct models CTO All Models 46c6798 188 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 18 Parts listing Types 6534 continued CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number EE module 1GB DDR3 1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM models 46U1991 EE Memory module 1GB 1x1GB Single Rankx8 PC3 10600 46U2906 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM models CTO Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP UDIMM models 46U2907 CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 15
39. DE FRANS Sl ASHNSE SUNAL Copyright Lenovo 2009 2010 1 Safety statements Important Each caution and danger statement in this document is labeled vvith a number This number is used to cross reference an English language caution or danger statement vvith translated versions of the caution or danger statement in the Safety Information document For example if a caution statement is labeled Statement 1 translations for that caution statement are in the Safety Information document under Statement 1 Be sure to read all caution and danger statements in this document before you perform the procedures Read any additional safety information that comes vvith the server or optional device before you install the device Attention Use No 26 AWG or larger UL listed or CSA certified telecommunication line cord Statement 1 AA DANGER Electrical current from power telephone and communication cables is hazardous To avoid a shock hazard e Do not connect or disconnect any cables or perform installation maintenance or reconfiguration of this product during an electrical storm e Connect all power cords to a properly wired and grounded electrical outlet e Connect to properly wired outlets any equipment that will be attached to this product e When possible use one hand only to connect or disconnect signal cables e Never turn on any equipment when there is evidence of fire water or structural damage e Disconnect
40. DVD drive complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 N Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Touch the static protective package that contains the new DVD drive to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the drive from the package and place it on a static protective surface Follow the instructions that come with the drive to set any jumpers or switches 6 Attach the drive retention clip E that you removed from the failing drive to the side of the new DVD drive BQ o Note If you are installing a drive that contains a laser observe the following safety precaution Statement 3 A 164 Hardware Maintenance Manual 7 8 CAUTION When laser products such as CD ROMs DVD drives fiber optic devices or transmitters are installed note the following e Do not remove the covers Removing the covers of the laser product could result in exposure to hazardous laser radiation There are no serviceable parts inside the device e Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein might result in hazardous radiation exposure on Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode
41. IMM Ethernet interface No action information only active has been disabled LAN Ethernet 0 interface is now Info The IMM Ethernet interface No action information only active has been enabled DHCP setting changed to by user Info A user has changed the No action information only 1 1 user ID DHCP mode IMM Configuration 261 restored from Info A user has restored the IMM No action information only a configuration file by user 2 1 configuration by importing a CIM_ConfigurationData ConfigurationName configuration file 2 user ID Watchdog 1 Screen Capture Error An operating system error Reconfigure the watchdog Occurred 1 OS Watchdog or has occurred and the screen timer to a higher value Loader Watchdog capture was successful Make sure that the IMM Ethernet over USB interface is enabled Reinstall the RNDIS or cdc_ether device driver for the operating system 4 Disable the watchdog 5 Check the integrity of the installed operating system Chapter 4 Diagnostics 43 e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be perform
42. If the server is running turn off the server and all attached devices Step 2 Turn on all attached devices then turn on the server Step 3 When the prompt lt F2 gt Diagnostics is displayed press F2 Note The DSA Preboot diagnostic program might appear to be unresponsive for an unusual length of time when you start the program This is normal operation while the program loads Step 4 Optionally select Quit to DSA to exit from the stand alone memory diagnostic program Note After you exit from the stand alone memory diagnostic environment you must restart the server to access the stand alone memory diagnostic environment again Step 5 Select gui to display the graphical user interface or select cmd to display the DSA interactive menu Step 6 Follow the instructions on the screen to select the diagnostic test to run If the diagnostic programs do not detect any hardware errors but the problem remains during normal server operation a software error might be the cause If you suspect a software problem see the information that comes with your software A single problem might cause more than one error message When this happens correct the cause of the first error message The other error messages usually will not occur the next time you run the diagnostic programs Note If multiple error codes or system board LEDs indicate a microprocessor error the error might be ina microprocessor or in a microprocessor socket See Microproces
43. Management Module Step 5 On the next screen select Network Configuration Step 6 Find the IP address and write it down Step 7 Exit from the Setup utility Logging on to the Web interface To log on to the Web interface to use the remote presence functions complete the following steps Step 1 Open a Web browser and in the address or URL field type the IP address or host name of the IMM to which you want to connect Note The IMM defaults to DHCP If a DHCP host is not available the IMM assigns a static IP address of 192 168 70 125 Step 2 On the Login page type the user name and password If you are using the IMM for the first time you can obtain the user name and password from your system administrator All login attempts are documented in the event log Note The IMM is set initially with a user name of USERID and password of PASSWORD passvvOrd with a zero not a the letter O You have read write access You must change the default password the first time you log on Step 3 On the Welcome page type a timeout value in minutes in the field that is provided The IMM will log you off of the Web interface if your browser is inactive for the number of minutes that you entered for the timeout value Step 4 Click Continue to start the session The System Health page provides a quick view of the system status Enabling the Intel Gigabit Ethernet Utility program The Intel Gigabit Ethernet Utility program is part of the se
44. Manager program do the following Step 1 Turn off the server Step 2 Restart the server Step 3 When the prompt lt F12 gt Select Boot Device is displayed press F12 If a bootable USB mass storage device is installed a submenu item USB Key Disk is displayed Step 4 Use the Up arrow and Down arrow keys to select an item from the Boot Selection Menu and press Enter The server attempts to boot from the selected device The next time the server starts it returns to the startup sequence that is set in the Setup Utility Configuring RAID controllers The following table lists the various utilities available to configure RAID controllers before an operating system is installed Table 24 RAID configuration utilities Where to find more RAID configuration utility Description Location information EasyStartup RAID For use with all EasyStartup DVD Using the EasyStartup configuration utility pee supported DVD on page 207 RAID controllers except ServeRAID BR10i Automatically detects hardware and lists all supported RAID configurations Configures one or more disk arrays per controller depending on the number of drives attached to the controller and the RAID level selected Supports hot spare drives Creates a RAID response file that can be used to configure RAID controllers on similarly configured Lenovo servers MegaRAID BIOS For In system firmware To Using the WebBIOS Configuration Utility e IBM Serve
45. Reseat the DIMMs and run the DSA memory test Replace any DIMM that is indicated by a lit error LED Make sure that DIMMs are installed in the correct sequence and have the same size type speed and technology Chapter 4 Diagnostics 35 e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Memory uncorrectable error detected Error A memory uncorrectable for DIMM One of the DIMMs on error has occurred Memory Subsystem One of the DIMMs Memory Logging Limit Reached for Error The memory logging limit DIMM One of the DIMMs on Memory has been reached Subsystem One of the DIMMs Memory DIMM Configuration Error Error A DIMM configuration error for One of the DIMMs on Memory has occurred Subsystem One of the DIMMs Memory uncorrectable error detected Error A memory uncorrectable for DIMM n Status on Memory error has occurred Subsystem DIMM n Status n DIMM number 36 Hardware Maintenance Manual If the server failed the POST memory test reseat the DIMMs Replace any DIMM that is indicated by a
46. See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test Description 089 801 xxx CPU CPU Aborted Internal Turn off and restart the system Stress Test program Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest on Or level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 5 Run the test again 6 Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state 7 Run the test again 8 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown and run this test again to determine whether the problem has been solved a Trained service technician only Microprocessor board b Trained service technician only Microprocessor If the failure r
47. Trained service technician only System board Wrong characters appear on If the wrong language is displayed update the UEFI code see Updating the the screen firmware on page 211 with the correct language 2 Reseat the monitor cable 3 Replace the components listed in step 2 one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Monitor cable b Monitor c Trained service technician only Replace the system board 56 Hardware Maintenance Manual Optional device problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information An optional device that was Make sure that just installed does not work The device is designed for the server You followed the installation instructions that came with the device and the device is installed correctly You have not loosened any other installed devices or cables You updated the
48. Trust Measurement CRTM update failed 3818002 Core Root of Trust Measurement CRTM update aborted 3818003 Core Root of Trust Measurement CRTM flash lock failed Remove power from the server for 30 seconds and then reconnect the server to power and restart it Update the IMM firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 211 Make sure that the virtual media key is seated and not damaged Trained service technician only Replace the system board Remove power from the server and then reconnect the server to power and restart it 2 Run the Setup utility and select Save Settings 3 Update the IMM firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 211 Remove power from the server and then reconnect the server to power and restart it 2 Run the Setup utility and select Save Settings 3 Update the IMM firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 211 When using out of band use the IMM Web interface or IPMItool to clear the logs from the operating system When using the local console 1 Run the Setup utility 2 Select System Event Log 3 Select Clear System Event Log 4 Restart the server Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings Trained service technician only Replace the system board Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the
49. WebBIOS utility resides in the SAS controller BIOS and operates independently of the operating system The WebBIOS utility provides a configuration wizard to guide you through the configuration of virtual disks and physical arrays Chapter 8 Configuring the server 205 Starting the VVebBIOS utility Perform the following steps to start the VVebBIOS utility and access the main menu 1 After you turn on the power and when the computer is starting you are prompted to press Ctrl H when the following message is displayed Copyright LSI Logic Corporation Press lt Ctrl gt lt H gt for WebBIOS 2 Select a controller from the list 3 Click Start The main VVebBIOS utility interface is displayed You can toggle between the physical view and logical view of the storage devices that are connected to the controller Click Physical View or Logical View on the menu in the left pane to change the view Main menu of the VVebBIOS utility The main menu includes the following options Adapter Properties Scan Devices Virtual Disks Physical Drives Configuration Wizard Adapter Selection Physical View or Logical View Events Exit From this view you can display and modify the properties of the SAS controller that is currently selected From this view you can re scan the physical and virtual disks for any changes in the drive status or physical configuration From this view you can display and modify the virtual dis
50. again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code and IMM firmware are at the latest level Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and
51. are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician The System 1 encountered a POST Error 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName A Uncorrectable Bus Error has occurred on system 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName 32 Hardware Maintenance Manual A POST error has occurred Sensor Firmware Error A bus uncorrectable error has occurred Sensor Critical Int PCI 1 Update the server firmware on the primary page Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained service technician only Replace the system board 1 Check the system event log 2 Check the PCI error LEDs 3 Remove the adapter from the indicated PCI slot Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained service technician only Replace the system board Follow the suggested actions in the order in whi
52. cables Step 2 Remove the server cover See Removing and installing the cover on page 119 for more information Step 3 Locate the UEFI boot recovery jumper block JP6 on the system board EERE ES SS EH de ci i T ai p fa 1 E Lr Oe 7F TE I 0 Pj Q E J Ss O E eH D co ES ojjo L HR El i SE ca EI ENS ES BHA Boot block Clear CMOS jumper JP6 jumper JP1 Step 4 Move the jumper from pins 1 and 2 to pins 2 and 3 to enable the UEFI recovery mode Step 5 Reinstall the server cover then reconnect all power cords Step 6 Restar
53. configuration information in the Setup utility Whenever memory or any other device is changed you must update the configuration Reseat the device that you just installed Replace the device that you just installed An optional device that worked Make sure that all of the cable connections for the device are secure previously does not work now If the device comes with test instructions use those instructions to test the device Reseat the failing device 4 Replace the failing device Chapter 4 Diagnostics 57 Povver problems e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician e Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information The power control button does 1 Make sure that the power control button is working correctly not work and the reset button does work the server does not start Reconnect the power cords Disconnect the server power cords Note The power cont
54. configurations e Four 2 5 inch hot swap SAS hard disk drive bays e Two 3 5 inch hot swap SAS or hot swap SATA hard disk drive bays e Two 3 5 inch simple swap SAS hard dish drive bays PCI expansion slots Supports tvvo PCI riser slots on the riser card that connects to slots 1 and 2 On the system board e Slot 1 supports lovv profile cards PCI Express Gen2 x8 e Slot 2 supports 3 4 length full height cards PCI Express Gen2 x8 or PCI X 1 0a 64 bit 133 MHz Power supply One 351 watt power supply or one 351 watt high efficiency power supply Fans The server comes standard with five speed controlled fans Integrated functions e Integrated management module IMM which provides service processor control and monitoring functions video controller and when the optional virtual media key is installed remote keyboard video mouse and remote hard disk drive capabilities e Eintel 82574L Gb Ethernet controller with TCP IP Offload Engine TOE and Wake on LAN support e Seven Universal Serial Bus USB 2 0 ports two front four rear and one internal for the optional USB Hypervisor flash device e Two Ethernet ports e Four port integrated SATA controller e Integrated Trusted Platform Module TPM support e One serial port e One VGA port Table 1 Features and specifications continued RAID controllers e An IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Controller that provides RAID levels 0 1 and 1
55. drive back plate or backplane To replace the SAS SATA hard disk drive backplane or back plate complete the following procedures Removing the backplane or back plate 3 5 inch drives To remove the Serial Attached SCSI SAS backplane which is also referred to as the hot swap SAS SATA backplane or to remove the simple swap SATA back plate complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Remove the server from the rack and place it on a flat static protective surface Pull the hard disk drives out of the server slightly to disengage them from the backplane or back plate Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Lift the backplane or back plate J out of the server oa Pron 7 Disconnect the backplane or back plate cables e If the server is a hot swap model disconnect the SAS SATA controller signal cable from the backplane Note You might want to disconnect the cable from the SAS SATA controller first or remove the SAS SATA controller from its connector to make it easier to disconnect the cable from the backplane or back plate e If the server is a simple swap mode that contains a standard SATA back plate disconnect the SATA cable from the system board e If the serve
56. drive bay if necessary 4 Touch the static protective package that contains the drive to any unpainted metal surface on the server Then remove the drive from the static protective package and place it on a static protective surface 5 Install the hard disk drive in the hot swap bay a Make sure that the tray handle is open that is perpendicular to the front of the drive b Align the drive assembly J with the guide rails in the bay Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 129 c Gently push the drive assembly into the bay until the drive stops d Push the tray handle J to the closed locked position e Check the hard disk drive status LED to make sure that the hard disk drive is operating correctly If the amber hard disk drive status LED for a drive is lit continuously that drive is faulty and must be replaced If the green hard disk drive activity LED is flashing the drive is being accessed Note If the server is configured for RAID operation using a RAID controller you might have to reconfigure your disk arrays after you install hard disk drives See the RAID controller documentation for additional information about RAID operation and complete instructions for using the RAID controller 6 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 Replacing a PCI card To replace a PCI card use the following procedures Removing a PCI card To remove a PCI card complete the following steps 1 2 3 Read the safety
57. existing entries therefore you must periodically clear the system event log through the Setup utility When you are troubleshooting you might have to clear the system event log to make the most recent events available for analysis Each system event log entry is displayed on its own page Message are listed on the left side of the screen and details about the selected message is displayed on the right side of the screen To move from one entry to the next use the Up Arrow f and Down Arrow J keys The system event log indicates an assertion event when an event has occurred It indicates a de assertion event when the event is no longer occurring e Integrated management module IMM event log This log contains a filtered subset of all IMM POST and system management interrupt SMI events You can view the IMM event log through the IMM Web interface and through the Dynamic System Analysis DSA program as the ASM event log e DSA log This log is generated by the Dynamic System Analysis DSA program and it is a chronologically ordered merge of the system event log as the IPMI event log the IMM chassis event log as the ASM event log and the operating system event logs You can view the DSA log through the DSA program Viewing event logs through the Setup utility To view the POST event log or system event log complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server 2 When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 If you
58. from the command line without the need to restart the server to access the Setup utility For more information about using this program see Using the Setup Utility The Setup Utility program is part of the UEFI You can use it to perform the following tasks View configuration information View and change assignments for devices and I O ports Set the date and time Copyright Lenovo 2009 2010 197 e Set and change passvvords e View and change the startup characteristics of the server and the order of startup devices startup drive sequence e View and change settings for advanced hardware features e View and clear the event and error logs e Change interrupt request IRQ settings e Resolve configuration conflicts Starting the Setup Utility To start the Setup Utility do the following Step 1 Turn on the server Note Approximately 1 to 3 minutes after the server is connected to power the power control button becomes active Step 2 When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 If you have set an administrator password you must type the administrator password to access the full Setup Utility menu If you do not type the administrator password a limited Setup Utility menu is available Step 3 Select settings to view or change Setup Utility menu choices The following choices are on the Setup Utility main menu for the UEFI Depending on the version of the firmware some menu choices might differ sl
59. have set both a power on password and an administrator password you must type the administrator password to view the event logs 3 Select System Event Logs and use one of the following procedures e To view the POST event log select POST Event Viewer e To view the IMM system event log select System Event Log Viewing event logs without restarting the server When the server is not hung and the IMM is connected to a network methods are available for you to view one or more event logs without having to restart the server You can use the DSA Preboot to view the system event log as the IPMI event log the IMM event log as the ASM event log or the merged DSA log You must restart the server to use DSA Preboot to view those logs You can view the IMM system event log through the Event Log link in the integrated management module IMM Web interface Table 2 Methods for viewing event logs Condition ction The server is not hung and is connected to a network e Use IPMItool to view the system event log The server is not hung and is not connected to a network Use IPMItool locally to view the system event log 18 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 2 Methods for vievving event logs continued Condition The server is hung e f DSA Preboot is installed restart the server and press F2 to start DSA Preboot and view the event logs If DSA Preboot is not installed insert the DSA Preboot CD and restart the server to start
60. http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test Description Failed 2 3 405 904 xxx BroadCom Ethernet Device 405 906 xxx BroadCom Ethernet Device Test Interrupt Test Loop back at Physical Layer Failed 3 4 Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Run the test again Check the interrupt assignments in the PCI Hardware section of the DSA event log If the Ethernet device is sharing interrupts if possible use the Setup utility see Using the Setup Utility on page 197 to assign a unique interrupt to the device Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Check the Ethernet cable for damage and make sure that the cable type and connection are correct Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware l
61. information Message number Component Test Description I I Memory Stress Test Memory Stress Test Failed General error memory size is insufficient to run the test Failed Test failure 4 5 6 7 Make sure that all memory is enabled by checking the Available System Memory in the Resource Utilization section of the DSA event log If necessary enable all memory in the Setup utility see Using the Setup Utility on page 197 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Run the test again Run the standard memory test to validate all memory If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Run the standard memory test to validate all memory Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Turn off the system and disconnect it from power Reseat the DIMMs Reconnect the system to power and turn on the system Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 91 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the pro
62. lenovo com lenovo environment or contact your local waste disposal facility For Taiwan Please recycle batteries RE Ok For the European Union Notice This mark applies only to countries within the European Union EU Batteries or packaging for batteries are labeled in accordance with European Directive 2006 66 EC concerning batteries and accumulators and waste batteries and accumulators The Directive determines the framework for the return and recycling of used batteries and accumulators as applicable throughout the European Union This label is applied to various batteries to indicate that the battery is not to be thrown away but rather reclaimed upon end of life per this Directive Les batteries ou emballages pour batteries sont tiquet s conform ment aux directives europ ennes 2006 66 EC norme relative aux batteries et accumulateurs en usage et aux batteries et accumulateurs us s Les directives d terminent la marche a suivre en vigueue dans l Union Europ enne pour le retour et le recyclage des batteries et accumulateurs us s Cette tiquette est appliqu e sur diverses batteries pour indiquer que la batterie ne doit pas tre mise au rebut mais plut t r cup r e en fin de cycle de vie selon cette norme In accordance with the European Directive 2006 66 EC batteries and accumulators are labeled to indicate that they are to be collected separately and recycled at end of life The label on the battery may also include a chemic
63. level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support 6 Run the test again 7 For additional troubleshooting information go 8 9 to http www lenovo com support Run the test again Replace the DVD drive 10 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Insert a CD DVD into the drive or try a new media and wait for 15 seconds 2 Run the test again 3 Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or broken connections or damage to the cable Replace the cable if it is damaged 4 Run the test again 5 For additional troubleshooting information go to http www lenovo com support 6 Run the test again 7 Replace the DVD drive 8 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 95 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the L
64. lit error LED Note You do not have to replace DIMMs by pairs Run the Setup utility to enable all the DIMMs Run the DSA memory test Update the server firmware to the latest level Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Reseat the DIMMs and run the DSA memory test Replace any DIMM that is indicated by a lit error LED Make sure that DIMMs are installed in the correct sequence and have the same size type speed and technology If the server failed the POST memory test reseat the DIMMs Replace any DIMM that is indicated by a lit error LED Note You do not have to replace DIMMs by pairs Run the Setup utility to enable all the DIMMs 4 Run the DSA memory test 5 Trained service technician only Replace the system board e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service t
65. messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician e Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number ee Test Description 166 807 xxx IMM I2C Aborted IMM I2C test Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test stopped out the power source You must disconnect the of space system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troublesh
66. not using the default values Example that does not use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SYsInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt user lt user_id gt password lt password gt Example that does use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SysInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt e Online KCS access unauthenticated and user restricted You do not need to specify a value for access_method when you use this access method Example asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SysInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt The KCS access method uses the IPMI KCS interface This method requires that the IPMI driver be installed Some operating systems have the IPMI driver installed by default ASU provides the corresponding mapping layer See the Advanced Settings Utility Users Guide for more details You can access the ASU Users Guide from the Lenovo support Web site a Go to http www lenovo com support b Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 169 c From Family list select ThinkServer RS210 and click Continue d Click Downloads and drivers e Click User s guides and manuals to link to the ASU Users Guide Remote LAN access type the command Note When using the remote LAN access method to access IMM using the LAN from a client the host and the imm_external_ip address are required parameters host lt imm_exter
67. number Type asset aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa where aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa is the asset tag number access_methoa The access method that you select to use from the following methods e Online authenticated LAN access type the command host lt imm_internal_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt Where imm_internal_ip The IMM internal LAN USB IP address The default value is 169 254 95 118 imm_user_id The IMM account 1 of 12 accounts The default value is USERID imm_password The IMM account password 1 of 12 accounts The default value is PASSWORD with a zero 0 not an O Note If you do not specify any of these parameters ASU will use the default values When the default values are used and ASU is unable to access the IMM using the online authenticated LAN access method ASU will automatically use the following unauthenticated KCS access method The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not using the default values Examples that do not use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsInfoProdName lt m t_model gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsInfoSerialNum lt s n gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt asu set SYSTEM PROD_DATA SYsEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt Examples that do
68. odes CTO aoa De 2 5 DASD cage models CTO All Models sovsee7 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet Adapter models CTO 39Y6070 All Models Pronk Proua nodes cro Arvoa ovos DO IPRO EP Oued odes co Amosa ove O EES al ki moses cro Amose eoma T PRONK PF Srv rocas GTO Amosa DD o toge 10Gb adapter troses CTO M wose ecr M SATA DVD ROM moses CTO owe O SereRAIO WR0s VAULT SAS SATA Conroter roges GTO _eveaso5 P IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 models CTO 44E8701 ServeRAID M5025 SAS SATA Controller models CTO 46M0854 ServeRAID M1015 SAS SATA Controller models CTO 46M0862 ServeRAID MR10i Li lon Battery models CTO 43W4301 ServeRAID MR10M SAS SATA Controller with Remote Battery 43W4341 Kit models CTO ServeRAID M1015 RAID 5 Upgrade Key models CTO 46M0864 ServeRAID M5014 SAS SATA Controller models CTO 46M0922 fs a f 4 RI I EES a ell Ll ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Controller v2 models CTO 11U 11F 118 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J ESE mer RE Ooo E E ServeRAID M5015 SAS SATA Controller models CTO 46M0851 o 6531 Software FRU EasyManage models CTO All Models 69Y9937 Documentation DVD models CTO All Models 90Y1164 EasyStartup models CTO All Models 90Y1165 VVS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1166 VVS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1167 VVS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1168
69. or Removing the SAS backplane 2 5 inch drives on page 155 for instructions as applicable Line up the drive cage with the drive bays on the front of the server Push the drive cage into the server until it stops Align the holes in the top of the drive cage with the holes in the top of the chassis then insert the screws that secure the drive cage to the chassis Install the backplane or back plate See Installing the backplane or back plate 3 5 inch drives on page 153 or Installing the SAS backplane 2 5 inch drives on page 155 for instructions as applicable Install the hard disk drives Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 Replacing the microprocessor and heat sink The following notes describe the type of microprocessor that the server supports and other information that you must consider when you install a microprocessor The server supports one Intel land grid array LGA 1156 dual core or quad core microprocessor The type speed and L3 cache of the microprocessor depends on the server model Read the documentation that comes with the microprocessor to determine whether you have to update the server firmware To download the most current level of server firmware go to http www lenovo com support The microprocessor uses an integrated voltage regulator on the system board Removing the microprocessor To remove the microprocessor complete the following steps 1 2 3
70. or pointing device from the hub and connect it directly to the server 3 Move the mouse or pointing device cable to another USB connector 4 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Mouse or pointing device b Trained service technician only System board 52 Hardware Maintenance Manual Memory problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information The amount of system memory 1 Make sure that that is displayed is less than the amount of installed physical memory The memory modules are seated correctly No error LEDs are lit on the operator information panel You have installed the correct type of memory All banks of memory are enabled The server might have automatically disabled a memory bank when it detected a problem Check the POST error log e lf a DIMM
71. packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller Read the following notes before installing the ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller Notes 1 Some server models come with an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Controller installed The controller can be installed only in the dedicated slot on the system board see System board optional device connectors on page 109 for the location of the connector Use the following procedures to install the controller if your server model did not come with this controller installed or to replace a failing controller The IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller enables integrated RAID levels 0 1 and 1E capability on hot swap hard disk drives For configuration information see the RAID documentation at http www lenovo com support Important To ensure that any of your ServeRAID controllers function properly on UEFI based servers make sure that the controller firmware and supporting device drivers are updated to at least 11 x x XXX Attention Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 1 2 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the
72. page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Tenor code Description atm 0051003 Uncorrectable DIMM error 1 If the server failed the POST memory test reseat the DIMMs Remove and replace any DIMM for which the associated error LED is lit see Removing a memory module on page 125 and Installing a memory module on page 125 Run the Setup utility to enable all the DIMMs Run the DSA Preboot memory test see Running the diagnostic programs on page 65 0051006 DIMM mismatch detected Make sure that the DIMMs match and are installed in the correct sequence see Installing a memory module on page 125 0051009 No memory detected Make sure that the server contains DIMMs Reseat the DIMMs Install DIMMs in the correct sequence see Installing a memory module on page 125 005100A No usable memory detected Make sure that the server contains DIMMs 2 Reseat the DIMMs 3 Install DIMMs in the correct sequence see Installing a memory module on page 125 Clear CMOS memory to re enable al
73. power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support IMM I2C Aborted IMM I2C Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test test stopped the power source You must disconnect the timeout while system from ac power to reset the IMM processing the command After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 71 Table 5 DSA Preboot
74. replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information S The monitor has screen 1 If the monitor self tests show that the monitor is working correctly consider jitter or the screen image is the location of the monitor Magnetic fields around other devices Such as wavy unreadable rolling or transformers appliances fluorescents and other monitors can cause screen distorted jitter or wavy unreadable rolling or distorted screen images If this happens turn off the monitor Attention Moving a color monitor while it is turned on might cause screen discoloration Move the device and the monitor at least 305 mm 12 in apart and turn on the monitor Notes a To prevent diskette drive read write errors make sure that the distance between the monitor and any external diskette drive is at least 76 mm 3 in b Non Lenovo monitor cables might cause unpredictable problems 2 Reseat the monitor cable 3 Replace the components listed in step 2 one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time Monitor cable Video PCI card if one is installed Monitor
75. replaces the basic input output system BIOS and defines a standard interface between the operating system platform firmware and external devices The server design combines the UEFI capabilities and features with legacy BIOS compatibility UEFl compliant servers are capable of starting UEFI compliant operating systems BIOS based operating systems and BIOS based adapters as well as UEFI compliant adapters Note This server does not support DOS e Dual core or quad core processing The server supports one Intel Xeon or Celeron dual core or quad core microprocessor e Integrated management module The Integrated management module IMM combines service processor functions video controller and when an optional virtual media key is installed remote presence function in a single chip The IMM provides advanced service processor control monitoring and alerting function If an environmental condition exceeds a threshold or if a system component fails the IMM lights LEDs to help you diagnose the problem records the error in the event log and alerts you to the problem Optionally the IMM also provides a virtual presence capability for remote server management capabilities The IMM provides remote server management through the following industry standard interfaces Intelligent Platform Management Interface IPMI version 2 0 Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP version 3 Common Information Model CIM Web browser
76. server is connected to ac power Server power features When the server is connected to an ac power source but is not turned on the operating system does not run and all core logic except for the service processor the integrated management module is shut down however the server can respond to requests to the service processor such as a remote request to turn on the server The power on LED flashes to indicate that the server is connected to ac power but is not turned on Turning on the server Approximately 5 seconds after the server is connected to ac power one or more fans might start running to provide cooling while the server is connected to power and the power on button LED flashes quickly Approximately 1 to 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active the power on LED flashes slowly and one or more fans might start running to provide cooling while the server is connected to power You can turn on the server by pressing the power control button The server can also be turned on in any of the following ways e If a power failure occurs while the server is turned on the server will restart automatically when power is restored e If your operating system supports the Wake on LAN feature the Wake on LAN feature can turn on the server Note When 4 GB or more of memory physical or logical is installed some memory is reserved for various system resources and is unavailab
77. standard devices such as Ethernet SCSI and SAS Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Run the DSA program for the hard disk drives and other I O devices Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number An Over Temperature Condition has An overtemperature Make sure that the fans are been detected on the Processor CPU condition has occurred operating that there are no nStatus n microprocessor number for microprocessor n n obstructions to the airflow that microprocessor number the air baffle is in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number 28 Hardware Maintenance Manual e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained servic
78. start an orderly shutdown of the operating system and turn off the server if your operating system supports this feature e Ifthe operating system stops functioning you can press and hold the power control button for more than 4 seconds to turn off the server e The server can be turned off by the Shutdown on LAN feature e The integrated management module IMM can turn off the server as an automatic response to a critical system failure 114 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs This chapter provides detailed instructions for replacing FRUs in the server Guidelines for trained service technicians This section contains information for trained service technicians Inspecting for unsafe conditions Use the information in this section to help you identify potential unsafe conditions in a Lenovo product that you are working on Each Lenovo product as it was designed and manufactured has required safety items to protect users and service technicians from injury The information in this section addresses only those items Use good judgment to identify potential unsafe conditions that might be caused by non Lenovo alterations or attachment of non Lenovo features or options that are not addressed in this section If you identify an unsafe condition you must determine how serious the hazard is and whether you must correct the problem before you work on the product Consider the following conditions and the safety h
79. submit a request for information Message number Component Test Description 215 901 xxx DVD Drive 215 902 xxx DVD Drive Drive media is not detected e Verify Media Installed e Read Write Test e Self Test Messages and actions apply to all three tests Verify Failed Read Media miscompare Installed Read Write Test Self Test Messages and actions apply to all three tests 94 Hardware Maintenance Manual Insert a CD DVD into the drive or try a new media and wait for 15 seconds 2 Run the test again 3 Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or broken connections or damage to the cable Replace the cable if it is damaged 4 Run the test again 5 For additional troubleshooting information go to http www lenovo com support 6 Run the test again 7 Replace the DVD drive If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Insert a CD DVD into the drive or try a new media and wait for 15 seconds 2 Run the test again 3 Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or broken connections or damage to the cable Replace the cable if it is damaged 4 Run the test again 5 For additional troubleshooting information go to http www lenovo com support Run the test again 7 Replace the DVD drive If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troublesh
80. technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician e Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number ee Test Description 166 815 xxx IMM I2C Aborted IMM I2C 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test test stopped the power source You must disconnect the 166 816 xxx invalid data system from ac power to reset the IMM field in the 76 Hardware Maintenance Manual After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the request power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support IMM I2C Aborted IMM I2C test Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test stopped the the power source You must disconnect the command system from ac power to reset the IMM is illegal for the specified sensor or record type 3 Run the test again After
81. the cluster solution before you a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code IMM reset was caused by restoring Info The IMM has been reset No action information only default values because a user has restored the configuration to its default settings IMM clock has been set Info The IMM clock has been set No action information only from NTP server 1 1 to the date and time that IBM_NTPService ElementName is provided by the Network Time Protocol server 44 Hardware Maintenance Manual e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician SSL data in the IMM configuration data is invalid Clearing configuration data region and disabling SSL H25 Flash of 1 from 2 succeeded for user 3 1 CIM_ManagedElement ElementName 2 Web or LegacyCLl 3 user ID Flash of 1 from 2 failed for user 3 1 CIM_ManagedElement ElementName 2 Web or LegacyCLl 3 user ID The Chassis Event Log CEL on system 1
82. the server is lit but there are no other error indications clear the IMM system event log Also after you complete a repair or correct an error clear the IMM system event log to turn off the system error LED on the front of the server POST Event Viewer Select this choice to enter the POST event viewer to view the POST error messages System Event Log Select this choice to view the IMM system event log Clear System Event Log Select this choice to clear the IMM system event log e User Security Select this choice to set change or clear passwords See Passwords on page 201 for more information This choice is on the full and limited Setup Utility menu Power on PasswordSelect this choice to set or change a power on password See Power on password on page 201 for more information Administrator PasswordSelect this choice to set or change an administrator password An administrator password is intended to be used by a system administrator it limits access to the full Setup Utility menu If an administrator password is set the full Setup Utility menu is available only if you type the administrator password at the password prompt For more information see Administrator password on page 201 e Save Settings Select this choice to save the changes that you have made in the settings e Restore Settings Select this choice to cancel the changes that you have made in the settings and restore the previo
83. the source of the message POST or the IMM Integrated management module error messages The following table describes the IMM error messages and suggested actions to correct the detected problems e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Numeric sensor Ambient Temp going Error An upper critical sensor Reduce the ambient temperature high upper critical has asserted going high has asserted Numeric sensor Ambient Temp going Error An upper nonrecoverable Reduce the ambient temperature high upper non recoverable has sensor going high has asserted asserted Numeric sensor Planar 3 3V going Error A lower critical sensor going Trained service technician only low lower critical has asserted low has asserted Replace the system board Numeric sensor Planar 3 3V going Error An upper critical sensor Trained service technician only high upper critical has asserted going high has asserted Replace the system board Numeric sensor Planar 5V going low Error A lower critical sensor going Trained ser
84. the system board e For high efficient power supply with advanced energy manage connect the power cables to power connectors 1 2 3 and 4 on the system board 6 Route the internal power supply cables securing them with the retention clips 7 Test the power supply a Connect one end of the ac power cord for the new power supply into the connector on the back of the power supply and connect the other end of the power cord into a properly grounded electrical outlet b Make sure that the standby power LED on the system board is lit see System board LEDs on page 112 if the standby power LED is not lit discontinue this procedure and obtain a new power supply c Press the power control button Make sure that the power on LED on the front of the server is lit If the server starts proceed to step If the server does not start disconnect the ac power cord and call for service Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 147 8 Turn off the server and disconnect the ac povver cord 9 Connect the cables from the power supply to the internal devices 10 Install the DIMM air baffle see Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle on page 121 11 Install the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 12 Slide the server into the rack 13 Reconnect the ac power cord into the connector on the back of the power supply 14 Reconnect all external cables that were disconnected 15 Connect the other end of the ac power
85. these drives The illustrations in this procedure show 3 5 inch SAS drives To remove a hot swap hard disk drive complete the following steps Attention To avoid damage to the hard disk drive connectors make sure that the server cover is in place and fully closed whenever you install or remove a hard disk drive 1 Move the handle J on the drive to the open position perpendicular to the drive 2 Slide the release latch gray on 3 5 inch hard drives and orange on 2 5 inch hard drives gently to the left to unlock the drive handle 128 Hardware Maintenance Manual 3 Grasp the handle and pull the hot swap drive assembly HJ out of the drive bay Installing a hot swap hard disk drive To install a hot swap hard disk drive complete the following steps Note If your server has only one hot swap hard disk drive install it in the left or upper left drive bay Attention To avoid damage to the hard disk drive connectors make sure that the server cover is in place and fully closed whenever you install or remove a hard disk drive 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Make sure that the server cover is in place and fully closed Attention To maintain proper system cooling do not operate the server for more than 10 minutes without either a drive or filler panel installed in each bay 3 Remove the filler panel from the empty
86. to submit a request for information Message number ee Test Description IMM I2C Aborted IMM 12C test Test stopped cannot execute the command insufficient privilege level 166 823 xxx 166 824 xxx 80 Hardware Maintenance Manual Test stopped cannot execute the command i IMM l2C Aborted IMM 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the povver source You must disconnect the system from ac povver to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support
87. turn on the system IMM I2C Aborted IMM I2C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test stopped the power source You must disconnect the the test system from ac power to reset the IMM cannot be completed for an unknown 3 Run the test again After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system reason 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 69 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician e Go to the Lenovo support Web site at h
88. value Make sure that the IMM Ethernet over USB interface is enabled Reinstall the RNDIS or cdc_ether device driver for the operating system 4 Disable the watchdog 5 Check the integrity of the installed operating system Chapter 4 Diagnostics 45 e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician IMM Test Alert Generated by 1 1 Info A user has generated a test No action information only user ID alert from the IMM Security Userid 1 had 2 login A user has exceeded Make sure that the correct failures from an SSH client at IP the maximum number of login ID and password are address 3 1 user ID 2 unsuccessful login attempts being used MaximumSuccessiveLoginFailures from SSH and has been currently set to 5 in the firmware prevented from logging in for 3 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX the lockout period Have the system administrator reset the login ID or password Troubleshooting tables Use the troubleshooting tables to find solutions to problems that have i
89. verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code If the server firmware has become corrupted such as from a power failure during an update you can recover the server firmware in one of two ways 100 Hardware Maintenance Manual e In band method Recover server firmware using either the boot block jumper Automated Boot Recovery and a server Firmware Update Package Service Pack e Out of band method Use the IMM Web Interface to update the firmware using the latest server firmware update package Notes You can obtain a server update package from one of the following sources e Download the server firmware update from the World Wide Web e Contact your Lenovo service representative To download the server firmware update package from the World Wide Web go to http www lenovo com support The flash memory of the server consists of a primary bank and a backup bank It is essential that you maintain the backup bank with a bootable firmware image If the primary bank becomes corrupted you can either manually boot the backup bank with the boot block jumper or in the case of image corruption this will occur automatically with the Automated Boot Recovery function In band manual recovery method To recover the server firmware and restore the server operation to the primary bank complete the following steps Step 1 Turn off the server and disconnect all power cords and external
90. you perform this procedure Note Before you format a hard disk make sure that the disk is not part of a mirrored pair To format a drive complete the following steps 1 From the list of adapters select the controller channel for the drive that you want to format and press Enter 2 Select SAS Topology and press Enter 3 Select Direct Attach Devices and press Enter 4 To highlight the drive that you want to format use the Up Arrow and Down Arrow keys To scroll left and right use the Left Arrow and Right Arrow keys or the End key Press Alt D 5 To start the low level formatting operation select Format and press Enter Creating a RAID array of hard disk drives To create a RAID array of hard disk drives complete the following steps 1 From the list of adapters select the controller channel for the drives that you want to mirror Select RAID Properties Select the type of array that you want to create PON Use the arrow keys to highlight the first drive in the pair then press the Minus or Plus key to change the mirror value to Primary 5 Continue to select the next drive using the Minus or Plus key until you have selected all the drives for your array 6 Press C to create the disk array 7 Select Apply changes and exit menu to create the array Using the VVebBIOS utility The VVebBIOS configuration utility enables you to create and manage RAID configurations on LSI SAS controllers The
91. your server up and running Chapter 2 General information 11 EasyStartup The ThinkServer EasyStartup program simplifies the process of configuring your RAID controllers and installing supported Microsoft Windows and Linux operating systems and device drivers on your server The EasyStartup program is provided with your server on DVD The DVD is self starting bootable The User Guide for the EasyStartup program is on the DVD and can be accessed directly from the program interface For additional information see Using the EasyStartup DVD on page 207 EasyManage The ThinkServer EasyManage Core server provides centralized hardware and software inventory management and secure automated system management through a centralized console The ThinkServer EasyManage Agent enables other clients on the network to be managed by the centralized console The ThinkServer EasyManage Core Server is supported on 32 bit Windows Server 2008 products The ThinkServer EasyManage Agent is supported on 32 bit and 64 bit Windows Red Hat and SUSE operating systems 12 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 3 General Checkout You can solve many problems vvithout outside assistance by follovving the troubleshooting procedures in this Hardware Maintenance Manual and on the Lenovo Web site This document describes the diagnostic tests that you can perform troubleshooting procedures and explanations of error messages and error codes The documentation t
92. 0a bc1 e ef 1 8bab661 22 amp DisplayLang Install the software using the default settings Chapter 8 Configuring the server 215 Note This specific version is required 5 Use Windows Update to install all available critical updates Launch the EasyManage installation After ThinkServer EasyManage is installed enable Security and Patch Manager to obtain the LANDesk 8 8 Software Updates In the console application click Help gt LANDesk gt Security Updates for a guide to configuring Security and Patch Manager Install RAdobe Flash Player 9 if you plan to use the Management Console functions from the same server on which the Core Server is installed You can obtain Adobe Flash Player 9 from the Adobe Web site http www adobe com products flashplayer Installing Windows 2008 32 bit components To install the Windows Server 2008 32 bit components necessary for a ThinkServer EasyManage core server installation complete the steps in this section Installing Web Server Role IIS To install the Web Server Role IIS do the following 1 Click Start gt Server Manager 2 Under Roles Summary click Add Roles The Add Roles wizard appears 3 4 Select the checkbox next to Web Server IIS A dialog box displays the additional features that are Click Next required Click Add Required Features then click Next In the list of additional role services that can be installed ensure that the following are selec
93. 0il SAS SATA Controller Installing an IBM ServeRAID BR1 Oi SAS SATA controller 3 Replacing the DVD drive cable Removing the DVD drive cable Installing the DVD drive cable Replacing a DVD drive Removing a DVD drive Installing a DVD drive Replacing the virtual media key Removing the virtual media key Installing the virtual media key Replacing the PCI X riser card power cable Removing the PCI X riser card power cable Installing the PCI x feeb card power veab Updating the Universal Unique Identifier UUID Updating the DMI SMBIOS data Completing the FRU replacement Connecting the cables Updating the server configuration Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Replaceable server components Power cords Chapter 8 Configuring the server Using the Setup Utility Starting the Setup Utility Setup Utility menu choices Passwords oa nel Using the Boot Manager program Configuring RAID controllers Using LSI Configuration Utility program Using the WebBIOS utility Starting the WebBIOS utility Main menu of the VVebBIOS utility Creating a storage configuration using the Configuration Wizard i ae Viewing and changing properties Viewing and eran virtual disk properties eee Using the EasyStartup DvD 155 156 156 157 158 158 159 161 161 161 163 163 164 165 165 166 167 167 168 168 170 172 173 174 175 176 193 197
94. 1 xxx Memory Memory Aborted Internal Turn off and restart the system Stress Test program Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest error level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 4 Run the test again 5 Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state Run the memory diagnostics to identify the specific failing DIMM If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 90 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for
95. 11G Korea 2 8M models CTO Japan 2 8M models CTO 114d Argentina 2 8M models CTO US Canada 2 8M models CTO 11A India 2 8M models CTO Europe 2 8M models CTO Brazil 2 8M models CTO Taiwan 2 8M models CTO Table 22 Power cords Type 6534 Lenovo Power cord part number 39M5247 39M5102 39M5123 39M5130 39M5144 39M5151 39M5158 39M5165 39M5172 39M5219 39M5199 39M5068 39M5081 39M5226 39M5179 Used in these countries and regions Taiwan 2 8M models CTO ANZ 2 8M models CTO 11M 12M 13M 14M 15M Europe 2 8M models CTO Denmark 2 8M models CTO 11G 12G 13G 14G 15G S Africa 2 8M models CTO 11G 11M 11A 12G 12M 12A 13G 13M 13A 14G 14M 14A 15G 15M 15A UK 2 8M models CTO 11G 11A 12G 12A 13G 13A 14G 14A 15G 15A Switzerland 2 8M models CTO 11G 12G 13G 14G 15G Italy 2 8M models CTO 11S 11L 11Y 11G 12S 12L 12Y 12G 13S 13L 13Y 13G 14S 14L 14Y 14G 15G Israel 2 8M models CTO 11G 12G 13G 14G 15G Korea 2 8M models CTO Japan 2 8M models CTO 11J 12J 13J 14J 15J Argentina 2 8M models CTO 11L 11Y 12L 12Y 13L 13Y 14L 14Y US Canada 2 8M models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11A 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12A 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13A 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14A 15A India 2 8M models CTO Europe 2 8M models CTO Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 195 Table 22 Povver cords Type 6534 continued Lenovo Povver cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39
96. 14J 15G 15M 15A 15J IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models 46U2117 CTO 13U 13F 188 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13J 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14J 15G 15M 15A 15J IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD 46U2758 models CTO 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13J 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14J 15G 15M 15A 159 11 ThinkServer 300GB 6Gbps 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS drive 46U3014 models CTO All Models 11 ThinkServer 450GB 6Gbps 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS drive 46U3015 models CTO All Models 11 ThinkServer 600GB 6Gbps 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS drive 46U3016 models CTO All Models 6 Microprocessor Celeron G1101 2 26GHz 1066MHz 2MB 2C models CTO 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3460 2 8GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C models CTO 15G 15M 15A 15J 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3430 2 4GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3440 2 53GHzZ 1333MHz 8MB 4C models CTO 69Y1013 49Y4645 49Y4646 49Y4647 49Y 4648 E E E E 190 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 18 Parts listing Types 6534 continued CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number Microprocessor Xeon X3450 2 6 GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y4649 models CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13J 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14J Microprocessor Pentium G69
97. 3 5 Hot Swap SATA II 45J9644 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J Hard disk drive 146GB 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS models CTO 45J9658 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J Hard disk drive 750GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Hot Swap SATA II 45J9646 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J Hard disk drive IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3 5 HS HDD models 45J9648 CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models 46U2120 CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models 46U2124 CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models 46U2128 CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 177 Table 15 Parts listing Types 6531 continued CRU part CRU part number number Tier FRU part Description Tier 1 2 number 11 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models 46U2117 CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 11 IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD 46U2758 models CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 11 ThinkServer 300GB 6Gbps 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS drive 46U3014 models CTO All Models 11 ThinkServer 450GB 6Gbps 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS drive 46U3015 models CTO All Models 11 ThinkServer 600GB 6Gbps 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS drive 46U3016 models CTO All Models Front Bezel models CTO All Models a6u29
98. 44 Ts DVD Blank models CTO All Models soy SYSTEM FAN models CTO All Models 59Y3212 System board Planar models CTO All Models E 17 Microprocessor Celeron G1101 2 26GHz 1066MHz 2MB 2C 49Y4645 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3460 2 8GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y4646 models CTO 1 Microprocessor Xeon X3430 2 4GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y4647 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3440 2 53GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y4648 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3450 2 6 GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y4649 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Pentium G6950 2 8 GHz 1066MHz 3MB 2C 49Y4668 models CTO Microprocessor Xeon X3470 2 93GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 4606775 models CTO Microprocessor Core i3 540 3 06 GHz 1333MHz 4MB 2C 59Y3175 models CTO Microprocessor Core i3 530 2 93 GHz 1333MHz 4MB 2C 59Y3176 models CTO 18 Heat Sink models CTO All Models 59Y3221 19 TOP COVER models CTO All Models 59Y3223 17 17 17 cabin SAS Gabe mages TO Aimoa Dama P cab Front vO Cae modes CTO Armoa DE OOO 178 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 15 Parts listing Types 6531 continued number number Tier FRU part Description Tier 1 2 number _ Cable 3 5 SS SATA Cable models CTO All Models 59Y3230 Tank ene sree revels CTO A woaes DE J OO Frente soaa odes TO a ova acr OO Po raston abr models CTO ar easy Da OOOO OO Tow css
99. 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number componer Test Description 166 81 7 xxx IMM I2C Aborted IMM 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test stopped a the power source You must discon
100. 50 2 8 GHz 1066MHz 3MB 2C 49Y4668 models CTO Microprocessor Xeon X3470 2 93GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 46C6775 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Core i3 540 3 06 GHz 1333MHz 4MB 2C 59Y3175 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Core i3 530 2 93 GHz 1333MHz 4MB 2C 59Y3176 models CTO e rasnon O a e rev cove troses cromos o O som eatery reses cromma re Trenes mia medee cro voas o ama TT I CI III ES CI I ES OO Tosa soon sas cane edas cro moss Dom Treat Fervo cate modes TO ar ooasy soros Cable 3 5 SS SATA cable models CTO All Models 59Y3230 Tarres rom ovo m moasg Dm TI co towssy ES Jv recano taba masos Dm Tow cose ros oa De o 2 5 DASD cage models CTO All Models sovsez7 fs NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet Adapter models CTO 39Y6070 All Models Pronker baa oses cro Awos a OO OO PROM Pr aves modes CTO AIModes vore O C eos al kt moses cro amose eoma J Tron PF Sr moses cro Mi wose eor J C d T otege 1060 adapter modes CTO AI vode ece O sara ownom mosco OOO o S EC TE O SATA Mulitburn models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 4 AVV 3256 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13J 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14J 15G 15M 15A 15J Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 191 Table 18 Parts listing Types 6534 continued CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Description Tier 1 Tier 2 numbe
101. 534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Tenor code Description atin SSCS 2018001 PCI Express uncorrected or uncorrected error 1 Check the riser card LEDs Reseat all affected adapters and riser cards Update the PCI adapter firmware Remove the adapter from the riser card Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Riser card b Trained service technician only System board 2018002 Option ROM resource allocation failure Informational message that some devices might not be initialized 1 If possible rearrange the order of the adapters in the PCI slots to change the load order of the optional device ROM code Run the Setup utility select Startup Options and change the boot priority to change the load order of the optional device ROM code Run the Setup utility and disable some other resources if their functions are not being used to make more space available a Select Startup Options Planar Ethernet PXE DHCP to disable the i
102. 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician e Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new ee drivers or to submit a request for information Message number ele 1 Test Description 201 808 xxx Memory Memory Test 201 809 xxx Memory Memory Test 88 Hardware Maintenance Manual Aborted Aborted Test canceled memory controller display alter buffer execute error Test canceled program error operation running fast scrub Turn off and restart the system 2 Run the test again 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 4 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Turn off and restart the system 2 Run the test again 3 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com supp
103. 8 GB Quad Rank x8 PC3 8500 46C7488 CL7 ECC DDR3 1066 MHz LP RDIMM models CTO Memory module 4GB 1x4GB Quad Rankx8 PC3 8500 CL7 46U2941 ECC DDR3 1066MHz LP RDIMM models CTO Memory module 8GB 1x8GB Quad Rankx8 PC3 8500 CL7 46U2942 ECC DDR3 1066MHz LP RDIMM models CTO Power supply 351W LE PSU models CTO 11G 11M A 11 sag v4 Power supply 351W HE PSU models CTO a lo 49V4664 SAS HS BACRPLANE 3 5 models CTO All Models soze SAS Backplane 2 5 models CTO All Models o 3 5 DASD cage models CTO All Models 59Y3226 Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 185 Table 17 Parts listing Types 6533 continued CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Simple Swap SATA II 45J9634 models CTO 11G 11M 11A 11J Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Simple Swap SATA II 46U1024 models CTO 11G 11M 11A 11J Hard disk drive 750GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Simple Swap SATA II 45J9638 models CTO 11G 11M 11A 11J Hard disk drive IBM Server 1TB 7200 SATA 3 5 Simple Swap 46U2916 HDD models CTO 11G 11M 11A 11J SATA Filler 3 5 models CTO All Models 39M4343 10 SAS Filler 3 5 models CTO All Models 39M4375 12 Front Bezel models CTO All Models 46U2944 13 DVD Blank models CTO All Models 49Y4868 15 System fan models CTO All Models 59Y3212 16 System board Planar models CTO All Models Microprocessor Celer
104. 9 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5233 Brazil 2 8M models CTO 39M5206 China 2 8M models CTO Table 20 Power cords Type 6532 Lenovo Power cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5247 Taiwan 2 8M models CTO 39M5102 ANZ 2 8M models CTO 11M 12M 39M5123 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5130 Denmark 2 8M models CTO 11G 12G 39M5144 S Africa 2 8M models CTO 11G 11M 11A 12G 12M 12A 39M5151 UK 2 8M models CTO 11G 11A 12G 12A 39M5158 Switzerland 2 8M models CTO 11G 12G 39M5165 Italy 2 8M models CTO 11S 11L 11Y 11G 12S 12L 12Y 12G 39M5172 Israel 2 8M models CTO 11G 12G 39M5219 Korea 2 8M models CTO 39M5199 Japan 2 8M models CTO 11J 12J 39M5081 US Canada 2 8M models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11A 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12A 39M5226 India 2 8M models CTO 39M5179 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5233 Brazil 2 8M models CTO 39M5247 Taiwan 2 8M models CTO 194 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 21 Power cords Type 6533 Lenovo Power cord part number 39M5247 39M5102 39M5123 39M5130 39M5144 39M5151 39M5158 39M5165 39M5172 39M5219 39M5199 39M5068 39M5081 39M5226 39M5179 39M5233 39M5247 Used in these countries and regions Taiwan 2 8M models CTO ANZ 2 8M models CTO 11M Europe 2 8M models CTO Denmark 2 8M models CTO 11G S Africa 2 8M models CTO 11G 11M 11A UK 2 8M models CTO 11G 11A Switzerland 2 8M models CTO 11G Italy 2 8M models CTO 11G Israel 2 8M models CTO
105. A RAID controller documentation to determine the correct configuration parameters and settings If the green hard disk drive activity LED does not flash when the drive is in use run the DSA disk drive test see Diagnostic tools on page 17 Use one of the following procedures e If the drive passes the test replace the backplane e If the drive fails the test replace the drive If the amber hard disk drive LED and the RAID controller software do not indicate the same status for the drive complete the following steps a Turn off the server Reseat the SAS SATA controller Reseat the backplane signal cable and backplane power cable Reseat the hard disk drive Turn on the server and observe the activity of the hard disk drive LEDs See Problem determination tips on page 104 e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician e Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit
106. DDR3 1333 LP RDIMM models CTO Memory module 1 GB 1 x 1 GB 1Rx8 1Gbit PC3 10600 4471572 DDR3 1333 LP UDIMM models CTO Memory module 2 GB 1 x 2 GB 2Rx8 1Gbit PC3 10600 4471573 DDR3 1333 LP UDIMM models CTO Memory module 4GB 1 x 4 GB Dual Rank x8 1 PC3 10600 4471575 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM models CTO Memory module 8 GB 1x 8 GB Quad Rank x8 PC3 8500 46C7488 CL7 ECC DDR3 1066 MHz LP RDIMM models CTO El SER Memory module 4GB 1x4GB Quad Rankx8 PC3 8500 CL7 46U2941 ECC DDR3 1066MHz LP RDIMM models CTO Memory module 8GB 1x8GB Quad Rankx8 PC3 8500 CL7 46U2942 ECC DDR3 1066MHz LP RDIMM models CTO Power supply 351W LE PSU models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 49Y4663 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J Power supply 351W HE PSU models CTO PO Po 494664 SAS HS BACRPLANE 3 5 models CTO All Models o SAS Backplane 2 5 models CTO All Models o r 3 5 DASD cage models CTO All Models 593226 SATA Filler 3 5 models CTO All Models SAS Filler 3 5 models CTO All Models Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Hot Swap SATA II 45J9642 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Hot Swap SATA II 45J9644 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 114 Hard disk drive 146GB 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS models CTO 45J9658 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J ES EE FCE EEES GE ea Chapter 7 Parts listing
107. DIMMs per channel DIMM slots 3 and 6 are not supported when you install UDIMMs in the server Do not install DIMMs in these connectors The following table lists the supported UDIMM population Table 8 Supported UDIMM population per channel DIMM connectors DIMMs installed in Ranks per DIMM per channel each channel DIMM type DIMM speed any combination Unbuffered DDR3 1066 1333 Single rank ECC dual rank Unbuffered DDR3 1066 1333 Single rank ECC dual rank The following table lists the maximum DIMM population using ranked UDIMMs Table 9 Maximum memory population using ranked UDIMMs depending on your model Number oruommms omma see Potes The following table shows the UDIMM memory population rule to optimize the system performance Table 10 UDIMM population rule for dual channel symmetric mode DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM connector 1 connector 2 connector 3 connector 4 connector 5 ae oe 6 Populated Populated Populated Populated Registered DIMMs RDIMMs The following notes provide information that you must consider when you install RDIMMs Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 123 e The memory channels run at the fastest common frequency of the installed DIMMs e RDIMMs are supported in models with an Xeon 3400 series processor e Do not use both RDIMMs and UDIMMs in the same server e The server supports up to three single rank dual rank or quad rank RDIMMs per channel e The RDIMM options that are avail
108. DSA Preboot and view the event logs e Alternatively you can restart the server and press F1 to start the Setup utility and view the POST event log or system event log For more information see Viewing event logs without restarting the server on page 18 Clearing the event logs To clear the event logs complete the following steps Note The POST event log is automatically cleared each time the server is restarted Step 1 Turn on the server Step 2 When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 If you have set both a power on password and an administrator password you must type the administrator password to view the error logs Step 3 Use one of the following procedures e To clear the IMM system event log select System Event Logs gt System Event Log Select Clear System Event Log then press Enter twice POST When you turn on the server it performs a series of tests to check the operation of the server components and some optional devices in the server This series of tests is called the power on self test or POST Note This server does not use beep codes for server status If a power on password is set you must type the password and press Enter when you are prompted for POST to run If POST detects a problem an error message is displayed See POST error codes on page 19 for more information POST error codes The following table describes the POST error codes and suggested acti
109. DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 73 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician e Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number ee Test Description 166 81 1 xxx IMM I2C Aborted IMM I2C Test Test stopped a parameter is out of range IMM I2C Aborted IMM I2C test Test stopped request data field length limit is exceeded 74 Hardware Maintenance Manual Turn off the system and disconnect it from
110. Ds and connectors on the front of the various models of the server 3 5 inch simple swap SAS server model xt 3 5 inch hot swap SAS SATA server model ON O O 101 DS Re Li 2 5 inch hot swap SAS server model 1 Power on LED 6 System error LED El Povver control button USB 1 connector El Reset button 8 USB 2 connector 4 Hard disk drive activity LED El Hard disk drive activity LED green on 3 5 inch hot swap SAS server model Hard disk drive status LED amber on 2 5 inch hot swap SAS server model Bi Locator LED Hard disk drive status LED amber on 3 5 inch hot swap SAS server model Hard disk drive activity LED green on 2 5 inch hot swap SAS server model Copyright Lenovo 2009 2010 107 Rear vievv MEL i Hee 1 Fo Ll cen oH DE 7 OD eo EE P poon COI EO Joana ol oo Fh F cob Eeee oOo I es
111. E comes standard on some hot swap SAS and hot swap SATA models e An optional IBM ServeRAID MR10i SAS SATA Controller SAS SATA adapter that provides RAID levels 0 1 5 6 and 10 can be ordered e Anoptional IBM ServeRAID M1015 SAS SATA controller that provides RAID levels 0 1 10 and 5 can be ordered Acoustical noise emissions e Sound power idling 6 5 bels maximum e Sound power operating 6 5 bels maximum Environment e Air temperature Server on 10 C to 35 C 50 0 F to 95 0 F altitude O to 914 4 m 3000 ft Server on 10 C to 32 C 50 0 F to 89 6 F altitude 914 4 m 3000 ft to 2133 6 m 7000 0 ft Server off 10 C to 43 C 60 F to 109 4 F maximum altitude 2133 6 m 7000 0 ft Shipping 40 C to 60 C 104 F to 140 F e Humidity Server on 8 to 80 Server off 8 to 80 e Particulate contamination Attention Airborne particulates and reactive gases acting alone or in combination with other environmental factors such as humidity or temperature might pose a risk to the server For information about the limits for particulates and gases see Appendix A Notices on page 221 Video controller integrated into IMM e Matrox G200 SVGA compatible video controller DDR2 128 MB SDRAM video memory Avocent Digital Video Compression Video memory is not expandable Note The maximum video resolution is 1280 x 1024 Size e Height 43 mm 1 69 inche
112. G 15M 15A 15J Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM models 46U1992 CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13J Memory module 1 GB 1 x 1 GB 1Rx8 1Gbit PC3 10600 4471490 DDR3 1333 LP RDIMM models CTO Memory module 2 GB 1 x 2 GB 2Rx8 1Gbit PC3 10600 4471491 DDR3 1333 LP RDIMM models CTO Memory module 1 GB 1 x 1 GB 1Rx8 1Gbit PC3 10600 4471572 DDR3 1333 LP UDIMM models CTO Memory module 2 GB 1 x 2 GB 2Rx8 1Gbit PC3 10600 4471573 DDR3 1333 LP UDIMM models CTO Memory module 4GB 1 x 4 GB Dual Rank x8 1 PC3 10600 4471575 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM models CTO Memory module 8 GB 1x 8 GB Quad Rank x8 PC3 8500 46C7488 CL7 ECC DDR3 1066 MHz LP RDIMM models CTO Memory module 4GB 1x4GB Quad Rankx8 PC3 8500 CL7 46U2941 ECC DDR3 1066MHz LP RDIMM models CTO Memory module 8GB 1x8GB Quad Rankx8 PC3 8500 CL7 46U2942 ECC DDR3 1066MHz LP RDIMM models CTO Power supply 351W LE PSU models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 49Y4663 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13J Power supply 351W HE PSU models CTO 14U 14F 14S 14L 49Y4664 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14J 15G 15M 15A 15J SAS HS BACKPLANE 3 5 models CTO All Models 46C6756 6 SAS Backplane 2 5 models CTO All Models 46C6757 3 5 DASD cage models CTO All Models 59Y3226 SATA Filler 3 5 models CTO All Models 39M4343 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5
113. Hardware Maintenance Manual 6532 Software FRU FRU WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1196 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1197 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1198 ROK WS2008 FOUND 64bit MUI EN JP models CTO All Models 90Y1199 ROK WS2008 FOUND 64bit MUI EN FR GR SP IT models CTO All Models 90Y1200 Table 17 Parts listing Types 6533 CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number Dr T Reer pox moses crom moa ovs O 1 riser Pore UP trodes cro N woas wor OOO 1 riser Pore FH rocas CTO AIModesy evs OOO E E DS DS Memory module 1GB DDR3 1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM models 46U1991 CTO Memory module 1GB 1x1GB Single Rankx8 PC3 10600 46U2906 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM models CTO Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP UDIMM models 46U2907 CTO 11G 11M 11A 11J Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM models 46U1992 CTO Memory module 1 GB 1 x 1 GB 1Rx8 1Gbit PC3 10600 44T1490 DDR3 1333 LP RDIMM models CTO Memory module 2 GB 1 x 2 GB 2Rx8 1Gbit PC3 10600 44T1491 DDR3 1333 LP RDIMM models CTO Memory module 1 GB 1 x 1 GB 1Rx8 1Gbit PC3 10600 44T1572 DDR3 1333 LP UDIMM models CTO Memory module 2 GB 1 x 2 GB 2Rx8 1Gbit PC3 10600 4471573 DDR3 1333 LP UDIMM models CTO Memory module 4GB 1 x 4 GB Dual Rank x8 1 PC3 10600 4471575 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM models CTO Memory module 8 GB 1x
114. Hot Swap SATA II 45J9642 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Hot Swap SATA II 45J9644 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J SAS Filler 3 5 models CTO All Models 39M4375 PF Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 189 Table 18 Parts listing Types 6534 continued CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number Hard disk drive 146GB 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS models CTO 45J9658 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J Hard disk drive 750GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Hot Swap SATA II 45J9646 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J Hard disk drive IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3 5 HS hard disk drive 45J9648 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models 46U2120 CTO 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13J 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14J 15G 15M 15A 15J IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models 46U2124 CTO 13U 13F 188 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13J 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14J 15G 15M 15A 15J IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models 46U2128 CTO 13U 13F 188 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13J 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A
115. ID IP address of default gateway modified from 1 to 2 by user 3s 1 CIM IPProtocolEndpoint GatevvayIPv4 2 je Info ddress A user has modified the Ethernet port duplex setting A user has modified the Ethernet port MTU setting A user has modified the Ethernet port MAC address setting A user has enabled or disabled the Ethernet interface A user has modified the host name of the IMM A user has modified the IP address of the IMM A user has modified the IP subnet mask of the IMM A user has modified the default gateway IP address of the IMM CIM StaticiPAssignmentSettingData DefaultGatewayAddress 3 user ID OS Watchdog response 1 by 2 1 Enabled or Disabled 2 user ID A user has enabled or disabled an OS Watchdog No action information only No action information only No action information only No action information only No action information only No action information only No action information only No action information only No action information only Chapter 4 Diagnostics 41 e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action ste
116. M 12A 12J 69Y1013 49Y 4645 49Y 4646 1 Microprocessor Xeon X3440 2 53GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C models CTO Microprocessor Xeon X3450 2 67GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C models CTO Microprocessor Pentium G6950 2 8 GHz 1066MHz 3MB 2C models CTO Microprocessor Xeon X3470 2 93GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C models CTO Microprocessor Core i3 540 3 06 GHz 1333MHz 4MB 2C models CTO Microprocessor Core i3 530 2 93 GHz 1333MHz 4MB 2C models CTO 182 Hardware Maintenance Manual 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 13 15 16 17 17 7 17 17 17 17 17 17 Table 16 Parts listing Types 6532 continued CRU part CRU part number ari Tier FRU part Description Tier 1 number rams Pa mm E ie Torner odes TO m Dm ss I TI IT EE Fe oor at odes CTO at ogy Dema Tre eect reds TO aimas DS eatin sa cals trodes TO am Dama 1 eal ect ate odes CTO anem Damm O eal conn SAS cable medas CTO al nosy orea O cal Fon II CI sve O Cable 3 5 SS SATA cable models CTO All Models 53230 eT Teenie sis roca ora o Dama rent bea moda oro al Moga anem III TD seveere Ponce odes CTO aoa evaaes _ 2 5 DASD cage models CTO All Models sovszee7 iT NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet Adapter models CTO 39Y6070 ae re Ce PRO IK PT Dual models CTO All Models 3996128 oT promi PT cued odes coma oovoree ES II TS zeroes J Tenorio sw mass cames Dom ote 160 adeno mos comme Do Temooro
117. M error assistance The Unified Extensible Firmware Interface UEFI disables a failing DIMM that is detected during POST and the IMM lights the associated system error LED and the failing DIMM error LED System event log SEL ROM based IMM firmware flash updates Auto Boot Failure Recovery ABR A virtual media key which enables remote presence support remote video remote keyboard mouse and remote storage Nonmaskable interrupt NMI detection and reporting Automatic Server Restart ASR when POST is not complete or the operating system hangs and the operating system watchdog timer times out The IMM might be configured to watch for the operating system watchdog timer and reboot the system after a timeout if the ASR feature is enabled Otherwise the IMM allows the administrator to generate a nonmaskable interrupt NMI by pressing an NMI button on the system board for an operating system memory dump ASR is supported by IPMI Intelligent Platform Management Interface IPMI Specification V2 0 and Intelligent Platform Management Bus IPMB support Invalid system configuration CNFG LED support Serial port redirection over Telnet or SSH Serial over LAN SOL Query power supply input power PECI 2 support Power reset control power on hard and soft shutdown hard and soft reset schedule power control Alerts in band and out of band alerting PET traps IPMI style SNMP e mail Operating system failure blue screen c
118. M5233 Brazil 2 8M models CTO 39M5206 China 2 8M models CTO 196 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 8 Configuring the server The following configuration programs come with the server Setup Utility program The Setup Utility program is part of the UEFI Use it to configure serial port assignments change interrupt request IRQ settings change the startup device sequence set the date and time and set passwords Boot Manager program The Boot Manager program is part of the server firmware Use it to override the startup sequence that is set in the Setup Utility and temporarily assign a device to be first in the startup sequence ThinkServer EasyStartup program This program simplifies the process of configuring your RAID controllers and installing your operating system It is on the ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD provided with your server For details see Using the EasyStartup DVD on page 207 Integrated Management Module Use the integrated management module IMM for configuration to update the firmware and sensor data record field replaceable unit SDR FRU data and to remotely manage a network ThinkServer EasyManage products ThinkServer EasyManage Core Server and ThinkServer EasyManage Agent work together to provide centralized hardware and software inventory management and secure automated system management through a single console See Installing ThinkServer EasyManage software on page 215 Remote presence c
119. MMs in the failed pair with identical known good DIMMs restarting the server after each DIMM is installed Replace the failed DIMM Repeat this step until you have tested all removed DIMMs Trained service technician only Replace the system board 0058008 DIMM failed memory test 1 Reseat the DIMMs and then restart the server Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown then restart the server after each a DIMM b Trained service technician only System board 00580A4 Memory population changed Information only Memory has been added moved or changed 0068002 CMOS battery cleared 1 Reseat the battery 2 Clear the CMOS memory see System board jumpers Replace the following components one at a time in the following order restarting the server after each one a Battery b Trained service technician only System board 2011001 PCI X PERR Check the riser card LEDs 22 Reseat all affected adapters and riser cards Update the PCI adapter firmware Remove the adapter from the riser card Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Riser card b Trained service technician only System board Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6
120. Note the following Laser radiation when open Do not stare into the beam do not view directly with optical instruments and avoid direct exposure to the beam A Class 1 Laser Product Laser Klasse 1 Laser Klass 1 Luokan 1 Laserlaite Appareil A Laser de Classe 1 Slide the drive into the DVD drive bay until the drive clicks into place Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 Replacing the virtual media key To replace the virtual media key complete the following procedures Removing the virtual media key To remove the virtual media key complete the following steps 1 2 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords then remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Grasp the virtual media key J and gently slide it up and off of the mounting tab El Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 165 EE CCN as TEP i ES EH
121. R10il SAS SATA Controller use the following procedures Removing an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Controller To remove an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller from the system board complete the following steps 1 2 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cord and all external cables Note When you disconnect the power source from the server you lose the ability to view the LEDs because the LEDs are not lit when the power source is removed Before you disconnect the power source make a note of which LEDs are lit including the LEDs that are lit on the operation information panel and LEDs inside the server on the system board Remove the server from the rack and place it on a flat static protective surface Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Remove the riser card assembly see Removing the riser card assembly on page 156 158 Hardware Maintenance Manual 6 Disconnect the signal cables that are attached to the SAS SATA controller 7 Grasp the SAS SATA controller J while you press outward on the plastic tabs 8 Pull out the SAS SATA controller from the connector J on the system board 9 If you are instructed to return the SAS SATA controller follow all packaging instructions and use any
122. RAID BR10il access utility on page 205 WebBIOS SAS SATA Controller e Use UEFI Setup Utility e IBM ServeRAID MR10i e Press Ctrl H at the SAS SATA Controller WebBIOS prompt e IBM ServeRAID M1015 during startup SAS SATA controller Chapter 8 Configuring the server 203 Table 24 RAID configuration utilities continued Where to find more RAID configuration utility Description Location information LSI Configuration Utility For In system firmware To Using LSI Configuration e IBM ServeRAID BR10il 2 C SS aa program on page SAS SATA Controller e Use UEFI Setup Utility e IBM ServeRAID MR10i e Press Ctrl C at the LSI SAS SATA Controller prompt during startup e IBM ServeRAID M1015 SAS SATA controller Using LSI Configuration Utility program Use the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure and manage redundant array of independent disks RAID arrays Be sure to use this program as described in this document e Use the LSI Configuration Utility program to perform the following tasks Perform a low level format on a hard disk drive Create an array of hard disk drives with or without a hot spare drive Set protocol parameters on hard disk drives The integrated SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities supports RAID arrays You can use the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure RAID 1 IM RAID 1E IME and RAID 0 IS for a single pair of attached devices If you install a d
123. RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 181 Table 16 Parts listing Types 6532 continued CRU part CRU part number number Tier FRU part Description Tier 1 2 number Hard disk drive 750GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Hot Swap SATA II 45J9646 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J Hard disk drive IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3 5 HS HDD models 45J9648 CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models 46U2120 CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J IBM 300GB 10R 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models 46U2124 CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models 46U2128 CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J IBM 146GB 15R 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models 46U2117 CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD 46U2758 models CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J ThinkServer 300GB 6Gbps 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS drive 46U3014 models CTO All Models ThinkServer 450GB 6Gbps 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS drive 46U3015 models CTO All Models ThinkServer 600GB 6Gbps 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS drive 46U3016 models CTO All Models Microprocessor Celeron G1101 2 26GHz 1066MHz 2MB 2C models CTO Microprocessor Xeon X3460 2 8GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C models CTO Microprocessor Xeon X3430 2 4GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12
124. Removing the microprocessor on page 139 8 Remove the memory modules and set them aside on a static protective surface for reinstallation see Replacing a memory module DIMM on page 122 Note Make a note of the location of each DIMM as you remove it so that you can later reinstall it in the same connector 9 Remove the virtual media key from the system board and set it aside see Replacing the virtual media key on page 165 You must reinstall the virtual media key on the new system board 10 Remove the hypervisor flash device from the USB connector on the system board and set it aside see Replacing a USB embedded hypervisor flash device on page 133 You must reinstall the hypervisor flash device on the new system board 11 Disconnect all cables from the system board Make a list of each cable as you disconnect it you can then use this as a checklist when you install the new system board 12 Remove the screws J that secure the system board to the chassis and put them in a safe place 13 Lift up the system board and carefully remove it from the server being careful not to damage any surrounding components 14 If you are instructed to return the system board follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 144 Hardware Maintenance Manual Installing the system board Note When you reassemble the components in the server be sure to route all ca
125. Replacing the operator infennation pane assembly Removing the iaiator informati n ial assembly Installing the operator iifoririation panel assembly mae En Replacing the drive cage Removing the drive cage Installing the drive cage Es 3 Replacing the microprocessor and heat sink Removing the microprocessor Installing the microprocessor Thermal grease Replacing the system board Removing the system board Installing the system board Replacing the power supply Removing the power supply Installing the power supply Replacing afan assembly Removing a fan assembly Installing a fan assembly Replacing the system board battery Removing the battery Installing the battery Replacing the SAS SATA hard disk ane Baek plat or backplane Removing the Gakoa or Baek plate 3 5 inch drives are Installing the backplane or back plate 8 5 5 igh drives Da Removing the SAS S backplane e 5 efi drives Vi Hardware Maintenance Manual 122 122 125 125 126 127 127 128 129 130 130 132 133 134 134 134 134 135 136 136 137 139 139 141 142 143 143 145 145 146 147 148 148 149 150 150 151 153 153 153 155 Installing the SAS so es e 5 inch drives 3 Replacing the PCI ger cara adeeb Removing the riser card assembly Installing the riser card assembly Replacing an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Controller i Removing an IBM ServeRAID BR1
126. Sensor One LEDs CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName of PCI Err Reseat the affected adapters and extender card Update the server and adapter firmware UEFI and IMM Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove both adapters Replace the PCle adapter Replace the extender card Trained service technician only Replace the system board Chapter 4 Diagnostics 39 e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Fault in slot System board Check the extender card on system 1 1 LEDs CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Reseat the affected adapters and extender card Update the server and adapter firmware UEFI and IMM Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest lev
127. The correct device driver is installed for the DVD drive Run the DVD drive diagnostic programs 3 Reseat the following components a DVD drive b DVD drive cable Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time DVD drive DVD drive interface board cable DVD interface board Trained service technician only System board A CD or DVD is not working Clean the CD or DVD correctly Run the DVD drive diagnostic programs Check the connector and signal cable for bent pins or damage Reseat the following components a DVD drive b DVD drive cable Replace the follovving components one at a time in the order shovvn restarting the server each time a DVD drive b DVD drive cable The DVD drive tray is not Make sure that the server is turned on working Insert the end of a straightened paper clip into the manual tray release opening Reseat the DVD drive Replace the DVD drive Chapter 4 Diagnostics 47 General problems e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be perfor
128. a request for information If an optional embedded hypervisor flash device is not listed in the expected boot order does not appear in the list of boot devices or a similar problem has occurred 50 Hardware Maintenance Manual Make sure that the optional embedded hypervisor flash device is selected on the boot manager lt F12 gt Select Boot Device at startup Make sure that the embedded hypervisor flash device is seated in the connector correctly see Replacing a USB embedded hypervisor flash device on page 133 See the documentation that comes with the optional embedded hypervisor flash device for setup and configuration information Make sure that other software works on the server Intermittent problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information A problem occurs only 1 occasionally and is difficult to
129. able for the server are 1 GB 2 GB 4 GB and 8 GB when available DIMMs e You can install a maximum of 32 GB of memory in the server when you use RDIMMs e The following table lists the supported RDIMM population Table 11 Supported RDIMM population per channel DIMM connectors DIMMs installed in Ranks per DIMM per channel each channel DIMM type DIMM speed any combination Registered DDR3 1066 1333 Single rank ECC dual rank Registered DDR3 1066 1333 Single rank ECC dual rank 3 3 Registered DDR3 800 Single rank ECC dual rank 3 1 Registered DDR3 1066 Quad rank ECC 3 2 Registered DDR3 800 Quad rank ECC e The following table lists the maximum DIMM population using ranked RDIMMs Table 12 Maximum memory population using ranked RDIMMs depending on your model number o Ra Tones see Total memo CO ET ET DS CS CA ETT ET fea o fs EET fes fes ooo C DS CT SS e The following table shows the RDIMM memory population rule to optimize the system performance Table 13 RDIMM population rule for dual channel symmetric mode DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM DIMM a 1 ae i 2 a 3 a 4 a 5 ea 6 Populated Empy Empty Empty Empty Empy Populated Populated Populated Populated Populated Populated Populated Populated Populated Populated 124 Hardware Maintenance Manual Note The amount of usable memory is reduced depending on the system configuration A certain amount of memory must be reserved for system re
130. actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Ethernet Duplex setting modified from 1 to 2 by user 3 1 CIM_EthernetPort FullDuplex 2 CIM_EthernetPort FullDuplex 3 user ID Ethernet MTU setting modified from 1 to 902 by user 3 1 CIM_EthernetPort ActiveMaximum Trans 2 CIM_EthernetPort ActiveMaximum Trans 3 user ID Ethernet Duplex setting modified from 1 to 2 by user 3 1 CIM_EthernetPort NetworkAddresses 2 CIM EthernetPort NetvvorRAddresses 3 user ID Ethernet interface 1 by user 2 1 CIM_EthernetPort EnabledState 2 user ID Hostname set to 1 Info by user 2 1 CIM_DNSProtocolEndpoint Hostname 2 user ID IP address of network Info interface modified from 1 to 2 by user 3 1 CIM IPProtocolEndpoint IPv4Address 2 CIM StaticiPAssignmentSettingData IRAddress 3 user ID IP subnet mask of network interface modified from 1 to 2 by user 3s 1 CIM_IPProtocolEndpoint SubnetMask 2 CIM_StaticlPAssignmentSettingData SubnetMask 3 user
131. affle on page 121 If necessary reinstall ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller see Installing an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller on page 159 7 Reinstall the PCI riser card assemblies and PCI cards if any were installed see Installing the riser card assembly on page 157 and Installing a PCI card on page 132 8 Reinstall the virtual media key see Replacing the virtual media key on page 165 oar WN 9 Reinstall the hypervisor flash device see Installing a USB embedded hypervisor flash device on page 134 10 Reconnect all cables to the system board that vvere disconnected 11 Install the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 12 Slide the server into the rack 13 Reconnect the power cords and any cables that you removed 14 Turn on the peripheral devices and the server Important Perform the following updates e Either update the server with the latest RAID firmware or restore the pre existing firmware from a diskette or CD image e Update the UUID see Updating the Universal Unique Identifier UUID on page 168 e Update the DMI SMBIOS see Updating the DMI SMBIOS data on page 170 Replacing the power supply This procedure is used when replacing a defective power supply When you remove or install the power supply observe the following precautions Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 145 Statement 5 AA CAUTION The power control b
132. al symbol for the metal concerned in the battery Pb for lead Hg for mercury and Cd for cadmium Users of batteries and accumulators must not dispose of batteries and accumulators as unsorted municipal waste but use the collection framework available to customers for the return recycling and treatment of batteries and accumulators Customer participation is important to minimize any potential effects of batteries Appendix A Notices 225 and accumulators on the environment and human health due to the potential presence of hazardous substances For proper collection and treatment go to http www lenovo com lenovo environment For California Perchlorate material special handling may apply See http www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate The foregoing notice is provided in accordance with California Code of Regulations Title 22 Division 4 5 Chapter 33 Best Management Practices for Perchlorate Materials This product part may include a lithium manganese dioxide battery which contains a perchlorate substance German Ordinance for Work gloss statement The product is not suitable for use with visual display work place devices according to clause 2 of the German Ordinance for Work with Visual Display Units Das Produkt ist nicht f r den Einsatz an Bildschirmarbeitsplatzen im Sinne 2 der Bildschirmarbeitsverordnung geeignet Electronic emission notices Federal Communications Commission FCC statement Note This equi
133. ame Do not touch solder joints pins or exposed circuitry Do not leave the device where others can handle and damage it While the device is still in its static protective package touch it to an unpainted metal part of the server for at least 2 seconds This drains static electricity from the package and from your body Remove the device from its package and install it directly into the server without setting down the device If it is necessary to set down the device put it back into its static protective package Do not place the device on the server cover or on a metal surface Take additional care when you handle devices during cold weather Heating reduces indoor humidity and increases static electricity Major components of the server The following illustrations show the major components in the server The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 117 e N Riser card assembly DIMM air baffle m w E Iu S ma oa SAS SATA backplane some models me SATA simple swap back panel some models m co 3 5 inch drive cage ma o 3 5 inch simple swap SATA hard disk drive some EH 3 4 EH 6 8 9 Simple swap SATA filler Hardware Maintenance Manual Bezel DVD drive filler Operator information panel Fans System board Microprocessor Heat sink Cover 10 Hot swap hard disk drive filler 3 5 inch or 2 5 inch hot swa
134. an vary with different versions of the EasyStartup program To learn more about the version you have do the following 1 Insert the EasyStartup DVD and restart the server 2 Advance to the Home screen 3 Click Compatibility notes The compatibility notes feature provides detailed information about the RAID controllers operating systems and server configurations supported by that version of the EasyStartup program 4 Click User Guide The user guide provides an overview of the various functions provided by that version of the EasyStartup program Before using the EasyStartup program to install an operating system make sure any external storage devices and fiber channels are configured correctly EasyStartup overview The EasyStartup program requires a supported Lenovo server with an enabled startable bootable DVD drive In addition to the EasyStartup DVD you also must have the operating system installation CD or DVD and the product key or installation number for the operating system if provided The EasyStartup program performs the following tasks e Detects installed hardware devices e Guides you through the process of configuring one or more RAID controllers e Guides you through the process of creating a response file for the unattended installation of the operating system e Enables you to create scripts or commands that run at the end of the operating system installation process e Facilitates the installation of the Thin
135. ane configuration EN Riser card connector 1 connector 108 Hardware Maintenance Manual El DiMM3 EER Operator information panel EJ Battery connector El DIMM4 EZ Simple swap HDD backplane signal El Power 2 connector connector BH pimms EH Wake on LAN connector El Virtual media key connector G DiMM6 EM DVD drive connector EX Power 1 connector Microprocessor Hypervisor flash device connector Power 3 connector El Fan 3 connector FER Reserved EN Power 4 connector El Fan 2 connector FER Reserved El Fan 5 connector El ServeRAD BR10il El Reserved El Fan 4 connector controller connector System board external connectors The follovving illustration shovvs the external connectors on the system board
136. apability and blue screen capture The remote presence and blue screen capture feature are integrated into the Integrated Management Module IMM The virtual media key is required to enable the remote presence functions When the optional virtual media key is installed in the server it activates the remote presence functions Without the virtual media key you will not be able to access the network remotely to mount or unmount drives or images on the client system However you will still be able to access the Web interface without the virtual media key You can order the optional Lenovo Virtual Media Key if one did not come with your server For more information about how to enable the remote presence function see Using the remote presence capability and blue screen capture on page 217 LSI Configuration Utility program Use the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure the integrated SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities and the devices that are attached to it For information about using this program see Using LSI Configuration Utility program on page 204 Ethernet controller configuration For information about configuring the Ethernet controller see Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controllers on page 218 IBM Advanced Settings Utility ASU program Use this program as an alternative to the Setup utility for modifying UEFI settings and IMM settings Use the ASU program online or out of band to modify UEFI settings
137. apture Command line interface Configuration save and restore PCI configuration data Boot sequence manipulation The IMM also provides the following remote server management capabilities through the OSA SMBridge management utility program Command line interface IPMI Shell The command line interface provides direct access to server management functions through the IPMI 2 0 protocol Use the command line interface to issue commands to control the server power view system information and identify the server You can also save one or more commands as a text file and run the file as a script Serial over LAN Establish a Serial over LAN SOL connection to manage servers from a remote location You can remotely view and change the UEFI settings restart the server identify the server and perform other management functions Any standard Telnet client application can access the SOL connection IBM Advanced Settings Utility program The IBM Advanced Settings Utility ASU program is an alternative to the UEFI Setup Utility program for modifying UEFI settings Use the ASU program online or out of band to modify UEFI settings from the command line without the need to restart the system to access the UEFI Setup Utility program 214 Hardware Maintenance Manual You also can use the ASU program to configure the optional remote presence features or other IMM settings The remote presence features provide enhanced systems management capa
138. ard e IMM firmware is stored in ROM on the baseboard management controller on the system board e Ethernet firmware is stored in ROM on the Ethernet controller e ServeRAID firmware is stored in ROM on the RAID controller e Major components contain VPD code You can use the IBM Advanced Settings Utility program to update the VPD code see IBM Advanced Settings Utility program on page 214 The following items are downloadable at http www lenovo com support e Diagnostics programs e IMM firmware e Ethernet firmware Using the EasyUpdate Firmware Updater tool ThinkServer EasyUpdate Firmware Updater is a software application that enables you to maintain your system firmware up to date and helps you avoid unnecessary outages Firmware Updater updates the server firmware in two steps by updating system firmware adapter firmware and hard disk drive HDD firmware To update your system first go to the Lenovo Support Web site and obtain the ISO file 1 Go to http www lenovo com support 2 Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list From Family list select ThinkServer RS210 and click Continue Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates Download the ThinkServer firmware update media ISO file Burn the ISO image on to a CD or DVD Insert the media in the server DVD drive and start the server to that drive Doe ON DON Re CS
139. ardware Maintenance Manual A DHCP server has failed to 1 assign an IP address to the A user has successfully logged in to the IMM A user has used the IMM to perform a power function on the server A user has exceeded the maximum number of unsuccessful login attempts from a Web browser and has been prevented from logging in for the lockout period A user has exceeded the maximum number of unsuccessful login attempts from the command line interface and has been prevented from logging in for the lockout period A user has attempted to log in from a Web browser by using an invalid login ID or password A user has attempted to log in from a Telnet session by using an invalid login ID or password A user has cleared the IMM event log Make sure that the network cable is connected Make sure that there is a DHCP server on the network that can assign an IP address to the IMM No action information only No action information only Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used Have the system administrator reset the login ID or password Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used Have the system administrator reset the login ID or password Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used Have the system administrator reset the login ID or password Make sure that the correct login ID and passw
140. ary copy of the server firmware that you update only during the process of updating the server firmware If the primary copy of the server firmware becomes damaged use this backup copy To force the server to start from the backup copy turn off the server then place jumper JP6 in the backup position pins 2 and 3 e Pins 1 and 2 Boot from primary BIOS page default e Pins 2 and 3 Boot from backup BIOS page Use the backup copy of the server firmware until the primary copy is restored After the primary copy is restored turn off the server then move jumper JP6 back to the primary position pins 1 and 2 212 Hardware Maintenance Manual FERRER ED ES a Os p i Es I HE het Ti cae E td leiaiaioial A CE i al 5 no wn oO QO 2 Qa 2 o Ji he k I T AUI RI
141. ase see Thermal grease on page 142 Note Removing the heat sink from the microprocessor destroys the even distribution of the thermal grease and requires replacing the thermal grease To install the replacement microprocessor complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Make sure that the microprocessor bracket frame and release latch are both fully open Attention e When you handle static sensitive devices take precautions to avoid damage from static electricity For details about handling these devices see Handling static sensitive devices on page 117 e The microprocessor contacts are fragile handle the microprocessor very carefully Do not touch the microprocessor contacts with your skin e The microprocessor fits only one way on the socket 3 Align the microprocessor with the socket note the alignment mark and the position of the notches then carefully place the microprocessor on the socket close the microprocessor bracket frame El and close the microprocessor release latch El 4 Gently lower the heat sink on the microprocessor 5 Install the heat sink on the microprocessor Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 141 Attention Do not touch the thermal material on the bottom of the heat sink Touching the thermal material will contaminate it If the thermal material on the micr
142. ase on the heat sink and microprocessor 142 Hardware Maintenance Manual Notes 1 Read the safety information at Important Safety Information on page 1 2 Read Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 3 Read Handling static sensitive devices on page 117 To replace damaged or contaminated thermal grease on the microprocessor and heat sink complete the following steps 1 Place the heat sink on a clean work surface 2 Remove the cleaning pad from its package and unfold it completely 3 Use the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the bottom of the heat sink Note Make sure that all of the thermal grease is removed 4 Use a clean area of the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the microprocessor then dispose of the cleaning pad after all of the thermal grease is removed 5 Use the thermal grease syringe to place 9 uniformly spaced dots FH of 0 02 mL each on the top of the microprocessor HJ Make sure that the outermost dots are within 5 mm of the edge to ensure even distribution Note 0 01mL is one tick mark on the syringe If the grease is properly applied approximately half 0 22 mL of the grease will remain in the syringe 6 Install the heat sink onto the microprocessor as described in Installing the microprocessor on page 141 Replacing the system board To replace the system board use the following procedures Removing the system board Note When you replac
143. ause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Germany Class A compliance statement Deutschsprachiger EU Hinweis Hinweis f r Ger te der Klasse A EU Richtlinie zur Elektromagnetischen Vertraglichkeit Dieses Produkt entspricht den Schutzanforderungen der EU Richtlinie 2004 108 EG fr her 89 336 EVVG zur Angleichung der Rechtsvorschriften Uber die elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit in den EU Mitgliedsstaaten und halt die Grenzwerte der EN 55022 Klasse A ein Um dieses sicherzustellen sind die Ger te wie in den Handbuchern beschrieben zu installieren und zu betreiben Des Weiteren d rfen auch nur von der Lenovo empfohlene Kabel angeschlossen werden Lenovo bernimmt keine Verantwortung f r die Einhaltung der Schutzanforderungen wenn das Produkt ohne Zustimmung der Lenovo verandert bzw wenn Erweiterungskomponenten von Fremdherstellern ohne Empfehlung der Lenovo gesteckt eingebaut werden Deutschland Einhaltung des Gesetzes ber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Betriebsmittein Dieses Produkt entspricht dem Gesetz Uber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Betriebsmitteln EMVG fr her Gesetz Uber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Ger ten Dies ist die Umsetzung der EU Richtlinie 2004 108 EG fr her 89 336 EWG in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland Zulassungsbescheinigung laut dem Deutschen Gesetz Uber die elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit von BetriebsmitteIn
144. azards that they present e Electrical hazards especially primary power Primary voltage on the frame can cause serious or fatal electrical shock e Explosive hazards such as a damaged CRT face or a bulging capacitor e Mechanical hazards such as loose or missing hardware To inspect the product for potential unsafe conditions complete the following steps 1 Make sure that the power is off and the power cord is disconnected 2 Make sure that the exterior cover is not damaged loose or broken and observe any sharp edges 3 Check the power cord e Make sure that the third wire ground connector is in good condition Use a meter to measure third wire ground continuity for 0 1 ohm or less between the external ground pin and the frame ground e Make sure that the power cord is the correct type e Make sure that the insulation is not frayed or worn gt A Remove the cover o Check for any obvious non Lenovo alterations Use good judgment as to the safety of any non Lenovo alterations 6 Check inside the server for any obvious unsafe conditions such as metal filings contamination water or other liquid or signs of fire or smoke damage N Check for worn frayed or pinched cables o0 Make sure that the power supply cover fasteners screws or rivets have not been removed or tampered with Guidelines for servicing electrical equipment Observe the following guidelines when servicing electrical equipment Copy
145. bays with the largest currently supported drives that are available from Lenovo Maximum memory might require replacement of the standard memory with an optional memory module Lenovo makes no representation or warranties regarding non Lenovo products and services including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose These products are offered and warranted solely by third parties Some software might differ from its retail version if available and might not include user manuals or all program functionality 222 Hardware Maintenance Manual Product recycling and disposal This unit must be recycled or discarded according to applicable local and national regulations Lenovo encourages owners of information technology IT equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed Lenovo offers a variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT products Information on Lenovo product recycling offerings can be found on Lenovo s Internet site at http Awww lenovo com lenovo environment recycling Esta unidad debe reciclarse o desecharse de acuerdo con lo establecido en la normativa nacional o local aplicable Lenovo recomienda a los propietarios de equipos de tecnologia de la informaci n TI que reciclen responsablemente sus equipos cuando stos ya no les sean tiles Lenovo dispone de una serie de programas y servicios de devoluci n
146. be performed only by a Trained service technician e Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test Description 089 901 xxx CPU CPU Failed Test failure Turn off and restart the system if necessary to Stress Test recover from a hung state Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 5 Run the test again 6 Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state 7 Run the test again Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown and run this test again to determine whether the problem has been solved a Trained service technician only Microprocessor board b Trained service technician only Microprocessor If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 68 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in t
147. because of an overcurrent condition To diagnose a power problem use the following general procedure Step 1 Turn off the server and disconnect all ac power cords Step 2 Check the power fault LEDs on the system board see Power problems on page 58 Step 3 Check for loose cables in the power subsystem Also check for short circuits for example if a loose screw is causing a short circuit on a circuit board Step 4 Remove the adapters and disconnect the cables and power cords to all internal and external devices until the server is at the minimum configuration that is required for the server to start see Solving undetermined problems on page 104 for the minimum configuration Step 5 Reconnect all ac power cords and turn on the server If the server starts successfully reseat the adapters and devices one at a time until the problem is isolated If the server does not start from the minimum configuration see Power supply LEDs on page 63 to replace the components in the minimum configuration one at a time until the problem is isolated Solving Ethernet controller problems The method that you use to test the Ethernet controller depends on which operating system you are using See the operating system documentation for information about Ethernet controllers and see the Ethernet controller device driver readme file Try the following procedures e Make sure that the correct device drivers which come with the serve
148. bilities In addition the ASU program provides limited settings for configuring the IPMI function in the IMM through the command line interface Use the command line interface to issue setup commands You can save any of the settings as a file and run the file as a script The ASU program supports scripting environments through a batch processing mode Installing ThinkServer EasyManage software You can install the ThinkServer EasyManage Core Server program from the ThinkServer EasyManage CD or you can download and install the program from http www lenovo com support After one instance of the ThinkServer EasyManage Core Server has been installed you can use the ThinkServer EasyManage Agent installer to install the agent on other servers and clients on the network Also the ThinkServer EasyStartup program provides an option to either install the ThinkServer EasyManage Agent as part of the operating system installation process or install a desktop icon to assist with the installation of the ThinkServer EasyManage Core Server after the operating system has been installed Installation requirements Before installing ThinkServer EasyManage software on your server your environment must meet the following requirements e EMicrosoft Windows Server 2008 is installed on the server where you intend to install the Core Server e The original Windows Server operating system installation CDs are available in case files are needed while installin
149. blem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician e Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test Description 215 801 xxx DVD Drive Verify Unable to Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest Media communicate level For the latest level of DSA code go to Installed with the http www lenovo com support Read device 2 Run the test again Write driver i T 3 Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose est or broken connections or damage to the cable e Self Test Replace the cable if it is damaged Messages 4 Run the test again and 5 For additional troubleshooting information go actions to http www lenovo com support apply to all 6 Run the test again three tests re 7 Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 8 Run the test again 9 Replace the DVD drive
150. bles are firmly connected Try using a different monitor on the server or try using the monitor that is being tested on a different server Run the diagnostic programs If the monitor passes the diagnostic programs the problem might be a video device driver Trained service technician only Replace the system board 54 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information The screen is blank If the server is attached to a KVM switch bypass the KVM switch to eliminate it as a possible cause of the problem connect the monitor cable directly to the correct connector on the rear of the server Make sure that e The server is turned on If there is no power to the server see Power problems on page 58 e The monitor cables are connected correctly The monitor is turned on and the brightness and contrast cont
151. bles carefully so that they are not exposed to excessive pressure Notes 1 When you reassemble the components in the server be sure to route all cables carefully so that they are not exposed to excessive pressure 2 When you replace the system board you must either update the server with the latest firmware or restore the pre existing firmware that the customer provides on a diskette or CD image Make sure that you have the latest firmware or a copy of the pre existing firmware before you proceed See Updating the firmware on page 211 Updating the Universal Unique Identifier UUID on page 168 Updating the DMI SMBIOS data on page 170 for more information Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code To install the system board complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Align the system board with the chassis and replace the screws that secure the system board Reinstall the microprocessor and heat sink see Installing the microprocessor on page 141 Reinstall the DIMMs see Installing a memory module on page 125 Reinstall the DIMM air baffle see Removing and installing the DIMM air b
152. by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician PCI slots error LEDs An error has occurred on a PCI Check the system event log for information about bus or on the system board An the error additional LED is lit next to a failing PCI slot If you cannot isolate the failing adapter through the LEDs and the information in the system event log remove one adapter at a time and restart the server after each adapter is removed If the failure remains go to http www lenovo com support for additional troubleshooting information Enclosure manager power on and power off If the LED flashes at 1Hz it is functioning properly heartbeat LED sequencing and no action is necessary If the LED is not flashing trained service technician only replace the system board Power supply LEDs The following minimum configuration is required for the DC LED on the power supply to be lit e Power supply e Power cord The follovving minimum configuration is required for the server to start One microprocessor in microprocessor socket 1 One 1 GB DIMM on the system board One power supply Power cord ServeRAID SAS SATA adapter Five cooling fans The following illustration shows the locations of the power supply LEDs Ethernet 1 Ethernet 1 Ethernet 2 activity LED link LED activity LED Povver cord Serial Ethernet 2 connector connector link LED
153. by this virtual disk e Select Fast or Slow to initialize this virtual disk Attention Before you run an initialization back up any data on the virtual disk that you want to save All data on the virtual disk is lost when you initialize it Using the EasyStartup DVD The EasyStartup DVD simplifies the process of configuring your RAID controllers and installing an operating system The program works in conjunction with your Windows or Linux operating system installation disc to automate the process of installing the operating system and associated device drivers Chapter 8 Configuring the server 207 If you did not receive an EasyStartup DVD with your server you can download an image from the Lenovo Support Web site at http Avww lenovo com support The EasyStartup program has the following features e Self booting DVD e Easy to use language selectable interface e Integrated help system e Automatic hardware detection e RAID configuration utility e Device drivers based on the server model and detected devices e Selectable partition size and file system type e Support for Windows Red Hat and SUSE Server operating systems e Installs the operating system and device drivers in an unattended mode to save time e Creates a reusable response file that can be used with similarly configured Lenovo servers to make future installations even faster Before you use the EasyStartup DVD Functionality and supported operating systems c
154. cards RAID support The RAID controller provides hardware redundant array of independent disks RAID support The standard RAID controller provides RAID levels 0 1 and 1E Optional RAID PCI cards are available for purchase that provide additional RAID levels Systems management capabilities The server comes with an Integrated Management Module IMM When the IMM is used with the systems management software that comes with the server you can manage the functions of the server locally and remotely The IMM also provides system monitoring event recording and network alert capability The systems management connector provides additional security by physically separating the management network traffic from the production network You can use the Setup Utility to configure the server to use a dedicated systems management network or a shared network TCP IP offload engine TOE support The Ethernet controllers in the server support TOE which is a technology that offloads the TCP IP flow from the microprocessor and I O subsystem to increase the speed of the TCP IP flow When an operating system that supports TOE is running on the server and TOE is enabled the server supports TOE operation See the operating system documentation for information about enabling TOE Note The Linux operating system does not support TOE Preboot diagnostics program The preboot diagnostics programs are stored on the integrated USB memory They collect and analyze
155. ch they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician A Uncorrectable Bus Error has A bus uncorrectable error Check the system event log occurred on system 1 1 has occurred Sensor Check the mi CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Critical Int CPU CHEER Nie miro ptPceS Sen error LEDs Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained service technician only Replace the system board A Uncorrectable Bus Error has A bus uncorrectable error Check the system event log occurred on system 1 1 has occurred Sensor 2 Check the DIMM LED CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Critical Int DIM heck the a xi Remove the failing DIMM from the system board Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or co
156. conds then reconnect the ac power cord and restart the server 2 If the problem remains or if you are using an ACPl aware operating system suspect the system board The server unexpectedly shuts See Solving undetermined problems on page 104 down and the LEDs on the operator information panel are not lit Serial device problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information smon en o SS The number of serial ports that 1 Make sure that are identified by the operating e Each port is assigned a unique address in the UEFI Setup Utility program and system is less than the number none of the serial ports is disabled of installed serial ports e The serial port if one is present is seated correctly 2 Reseat the serial port PCI card 3 Replace the serial port PCI card Chapter 4 Diagnostics 59 Follow the suggested action
157. connector latch J and slide the DVD drive cable to the unlock position then slide the cable connector to the right and pull the cable out from the connector Ous wh 7 Remove the cable from the DVD drive cage connector 8 Disconnect the DVD drive power cable from the power supply cable 9 If you are instructed to return the DVD drive cable follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the DVD drive cable To install the DVD drive cable complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 161 Align the cable connector vvith the connector on the rear of the DVD drive cage and press the cable connector into the DVD drive cage connector until it is firmly seated Pull the cable connector latch J up and hold it there while you slide the cable connector to the lock position then slide the cable connector latch down to lock the cable in place ad Es Munt ea HEA I The following illustration s
158. connectors 8 Insert the DIMM into the connector by aligning the edges of the DIMM with the slots at the ends of the DIMM connector 9 Firmly press the DIMM straight down into the connector by applying pressure on both ends of the DIMM simultaneously The retaining clips jj snap into the locked position when the DIMM is firmly seated in the connector Note If there is a gap between the DIMM and the retaining clips the DIMM has not been correctly inserted open the retaining clips remove the DIMM and then reinsert it 10 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 Replacing hard disk drives Locate the documentation that comes with the hard disk drive and first follow those instructions Determine if you are working with a simple swap or a hot swap hard disk drive To replace a hard disk drive complete the appropriate procedures for your drive Attention To avoid damage to the hard disk drive connectors make sure that the server cover is in place and fully closed whenever you install or remove a hard disk drive 126 Hardware Maintenance Manual Note If a RAID controller or PCI card is installed you might have to reconfigure the disk arrays after you install or remove hard disk drives See the documentation that comes with the PCI card for more information Removing a simple swap Serial ATA SATA hard disk drive Attention Simple swap hard disk drives are not hot swappable Disconnect all power from the serv
159. cord into a properly grounded electrical outlet 16 Press the power control button see Turning on the server on page 113 17 Make sure that the power on LED on the front of the server is lit Replacing a fan assembly The server comes with five replaceable cooling fans Use the following procedures to replace a fan Removing a fan assembly To remove any of the five replaceable fans complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and all peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables 3 Remove the server from the rack and remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 4 Reconnect the power cord then turn on the server Attention Operating the server for extended periods of time more than 30 minutes with the cover removed might damage server components 5 Determine which fan to replace by checking the LEDs on the system board see System board LEDs on page 112 a lit LED indicates the fan to replace 6 Turn off the server then disconnect the power cord again 7 Remove the DIMM air baffle see Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle on page 121 8 Remove the failed fan from the server a Disconnect the fan cable from the system board see System board internal connectors on page 108
160. d a POST Error 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName A sensor has changed to Nonrecoverable state A bus timeout has occurred A POST error has occurred Sensor ABR Status Make sure that the fans are operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number Remove the adapter from the PCI slot that is indicated by a lit LED 2 Replace the extender card 3 Remove all PCI adapters 4 Trained service technicians only Replace the system board Recover the server firmware from the backup page see Recovering the server firmware on page 100 Update the server firmware to the latest level Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Chapter 4 Diagnostics 31 e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components
161. d in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test Description 405 901 xxx BroadCom Ethernet Device 405 902 xxx BroadCom Ethernet Device Test MII Registers Test EEPROM Failed Failed Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 2 Run the test again 3 Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Make sure that the component firmware
162. d optional device connectors System board switches and jumpers System board LEDs Server power features Turning on the server Turning off the server Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs Guidelines for trained service technicians Inspecting for unsafe conditions Guidelines for eric electrical equipment Working inside the server with the power on Handling static sensitive devices Major components of the server Removing and installing the cover Removing the cover Installing the cover Removing and installing the bezel i Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle Removing the DIMM air baffle Installing the DIMM air baffle 60 61 61 61 63 64 64 65 65 66 66 100 102 102 103 103 104 104 107 107 108 108 109 109 111 112 113 113 118 115 115 115 115 116 117 117 119 119 119 120 121 121 121 Replacing a memory module DIMM Supported memory types Removing a memory module Installing a memory module Replacing hard disk drives Removing a simple swap Serial ATA SATA hard disk drive Installing a simple swap Serial ATA SATA hard disk drive Poe Removing a hot swap hard disk ave Installing a hot swap hard disk drive Replacing a PCI card Removing a PCI card Installing a PCI card Replacing a USB embedded hypervisor flash device Removing a USB embsdded hypervisor flash device Installing a USB embedded hypervisor f fissi device
163. de productos a fin de ayudar a los propietarios de equipos a reciclar sus productos de TI Se puede encontrar informaci n sobre las ofertas de reciclado de productos de Lenovo en el sitio web de Lenovohttp www lenovo com lenovo environment recycling Notice This mark applies only to countries within the European Union EU and Norway This appliance is labeled in accordance with European Directive 2002 96 EC concerning waste electrical and electronic equipment WEEE The Directive determines the framework for the return and recycling of used appliances as applicable throughout the European Union This label is applied to various products to indicate that the product is not to be thrown away but rather reclaimed upon end of life per this Directive HB COV TIF EU BBB RULL II ICBUTOG ARN EI OMAR ITIL EU GREC XX T 6 BE EX EE T Be HR 2002 96 EC VVEEE O F RUA DL RT WET CORT EU REC AT 51E IE GIS O BN E VU P LORT EDT EF COPA MAA RC Ro MIC IES Co TR EUR Pa EN BD I Et MoCAZE DIEC RR OM MICH SM TV F 3 Remarque Cette marque s applique uniquement aux pays de l Union Europ enne et a la Norv ge L etiquette du syst me respecte la Directive europ enne 2002 96 EC en mati re de D chets des Equipements Electriques et Electroniques DEEE qui d termine les dispositions de retour et de recyclage applicables aux syst m
164. dentifiable symptoms If you have just added new software or a new optional device and the server is not working do the following before using the troubleshooting tables Check the system error LED on the operator information panel to see if it is lit Remove the software or device that you just added Run the diagnostic tests to determine whether the server is running correctly Pe Qa Ne is Reinstall the new software or new device EasyStartup problems Table 3 EasyStartup DVD Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Cr The EasyStartup DVD e Make sure the server supports the EasyStartup program and has a startable bootable will not start DVD drive e If the startup boot sequence settings have been changed make sure the DVD drive is first in the startup sequence e f more than one DVD drive is installed make sure that only one d
165. des other required files to the server Make sure that you unpack the ASU and the required files to the same directory In addition to the application executable asu or asu64 the following files are required e For Windows based operating systems ibm_rndis_server_os inf device cat e For Linux based operating systems cdc_interface sh 4 After you install ASU use the following command syntax to set the UUID asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SysInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt access_method Where lt uuid_value gt Up to 16 byte hexadecimal value assigned by you access_method The access method that you selected to use from the following methods e Online authenticated LAN access type the command host lt imm_internal_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt Where imm_internal_ip The IMM internal LAN USB IP address The default value is 169 254 95 118 imm_user_id The IMM account 1 of 12 accounts The default value is USERID imm_password The IMM account password 1 of 12 accounts The default value is PASSWORD with a zero 0 not an O Note If you do not specify any of these parameters ASU will use the default values When the default values are used and ASU is unable to access the IMM using the online authenticated LAN access method ASU will automatically use the unauthenticated KCS access method The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and
166. drive Test indicates a backplane is not installed ral the 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from Bus 4 the power source You must disconnect the Bus 4 system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Run the test again 7 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source Reseat the hard disk drive backplane Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 10 Run the test again 11 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source 12 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 13 Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 14 Run the test again 15 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 84 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Part
167. dware and you are not using the EasyStartup program to install your operating system do the following to download the latest operating system installation instructions from the Lenovo Support Web site Note Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document 1 Go to http www lenovo com support 2 Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list 210 Hardware Maintenance Manual 3 From Family list select ThinkServer RS210 and click Continue 4 Select the operating system that you want from the Operating system list and click Continue 5 Click Operating system installation to download instructions to install the operating system Updating the firmware The firmware in the server is periodically updated and is available for download on the Lenovo Support Web site Go to http www lenovo com support to check for the latest level of firmware such as unified extensible firmware interface UEFI code vital product data VPD code device drivers and service processor firmware When you replace a device in the server you might have to either update the server with the latest version of the firmware that is stored in memory on the device or restore the pre existing firmware from a diskette or CD image e UEFI code is stored in programmable ROM flash memory on the system bo
168. e Starting the backup server firmware on page 212 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings 3 Switch the bank back to the primary bank 4 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3818007 CRTM update capsule signature invalid Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3828004 AEM power capping disabled Check the settings and the event logs Make sure that the Active Energy Manager feature is enabled in the Setup utility Click System Settings gt Power Active Energy Manager gt Capping Enabled Update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 211 Update the IMM firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 211 System event log The system event log contains messages of three types 26 Hardware Maintenance Manual Information Information messages do not require action they record significant system level events such as when the server is started Warning Warning messages do not require immediate action they indicate possible problems such as when the recommended maximum ambient temperature is exceeded Error Error messages might require action they indicate system errors such as when a fan is not detected Each message contains date and time information and it indicates
169. e the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 5 Run the test again 6 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 201 901 xxx Memory Memory Failed Test failure Turn off the system and disconnect it from the Test single bit power source Ne gt 2 Reseat DIMM z 3 Reconnect the system to power and turn on the system Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 6 Run the test again 7 Replace the failing DIMMs 8 Re enable all memory in the Setup utility see Using the Setup Utility on page 197 9 Run the test again 10 Replace the failing DIMM 11 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 89 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7
170. e backplane through the fan cage hole between fans 1 and 2 as shown in the following illustration 160 Hardware Maintenance Manual 10 Connect the signal cable that is attached to the drive backplane J to the ServeRAID controller connector EH 11 Replace the riser card assembly see Installing the riser card assembly on page 157 Note When you restart the server you are prompted to import the existing RAID configuration to the new ServeRAID controller 12 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 Replacing the DVD drive cable To replace the optical drive cable complete the following procedures Removing the DVD drive cable To remove the DVD drive cable complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Remove the riser card assembly see Replacing the PCI riser card assembly on page 156 Remove the DVD drive see Replacing a DVD drive on page 163 From the front of the server press the cable
171. e technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician The Processor CPU nStatus has A processor failed 1 Check for a server firmware Failed with FRB1 BIST condition n FRB1 BIST condition has update microprocessor number occurred Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained service technician only Reseat microprocessor n Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number The Processor CPU nStatus has A processor configuration 1 Trained service technician a Configuration Mismatch n mismatch has occurred only Replace the microprocessor number microprocessor An SM BIOS Uncorrectable CPU An SMBIOS uncorrectable Check for a server firmware complex error for Processor CPU complex error has update CPU nStatus has asserted n asserted microprocessor number Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained service technician only Reseat microprocessor n Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n n micr
172. e the documentation that comes with the RAID for information about reconfiguring the disk arrays For information about configuring the integrated Gigabit Ethernet controller see Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controllers on page 218 174 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 The following replaceable components are available for the ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 servers To check for an updated parts listing on the Web complete the following steps 1 Go to http www lenovo com support 2 Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list 3 From Family list select ThinkServer RS210 and click Continue Copyright Lenovo 2009 2010 175 models Simple swap SATA filler Hot swap hard disk drive filler Riser card assembly Fu Bezel 2 DIMM air baffle EH DVD drive filler El DIMM 14 Operator information panel 4 Power supply 15 Fans E SAS SATA backplane some models EJ System board On SATA simple swap back panel some models 17 Microprocessor 3 5 inch drive cage Ful Heat sink 8 3 5 inch simple swap SATA hard disk drive some FER Cover 9 m 3 5 inch or 2 5 inch hot swap hard disk drive depending on model Replaceable server components Replaceable components are of three types e Self service customer replaceable unit CRU Replacem
173. e the system board you must either update the server with the latest firmware or restore the pre existing firmware that the customer provides on a diskette or CD image Make sure that you have the latest firmware or a copy of the pre existing firmware before you proceed To remove the system board complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and any attached devices Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 143 3 Turn off the peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords then remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Note When you replace the system board you must either update the server with the latest firmware or restore the pre existing firmware that the customer provides on a diskette or CD image Make sure that you have the latest firmware or a copy of the pre existing firmware before you proceed 4 Remove the riser card assembly see Removing the riser card assembly on page 156 5 Remove the IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller if one is installed see Removing an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Controller on page 158 6 Remove the DIMM air baffle see Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle on page 121 7 Remove the heat sink and microprocessor and set them aside on a static protective surface for reinstallation see
174. echnician Memory Logging Limit Reached for DIMM nStatus on Memory Subsystem DIMMnStatus n DIMM number Memory DIMM Configuration Error for DIMM nStatus on Memory Subsystem DIMM nStatus n DIMM number Sensor DIMM n Temp has transitioned Error to critical from a less severe state n DIMM number The memory logging limit has been reached A DIMM configuration error has occurred A sensor has changed to Critical state from a less severe state 1 Update the server firmware to the latest level Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Reseat the DIMMs and run the DSA memory test Replace any DIMM that is indicated by a lit error LED Make sure that DIMMs are installed in the correct sequence and have the same size type speed and technology 3 Make sure that the fans are operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow that the air baffles are in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed If a fan has failed complete the action for a fan failure Replace DIMM n n DIMM number Chapter 4 Diagnostics 37 e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the prob
175. ect your product list From Family list select ThinkServer RS210 and click Continue Click Downloads and drivers to link to the ASU program 2 ASU sets the DMI in the Integrated Management Module IMM Select one of the following methods to access the Integrated Management Module IMM to set the DMI Online from the target system LAN or keyboard console style KCS access Remote access to the target system LAN based 3 Copy and unpack the ASU package which also includes other required files to the server Make sure that you unpack the ASU and the required files to the same directory In addition to the application executable asu or asu64 the following files are required 170 For Windows based operating systems ibm rndis server os inf Hardware Maintenance Manual device cat e For Linux based operating systems cdc_interface sh 4 After you install ASU Type the following commands to set the DMI asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SysInfoProdName lt m t_model gt access_method asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysInfoSerialNum lt s n gt laccess methodjasu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SysEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt access_method Where lt m t_model gt The server machine type and model number Type mtm xxxxyy where xxxx is the machine type and yyy is the server model number lt s n gt The serial number on the server Type sn zzzzzzz where zzzzzzz is the serial number lt asset_method gt The server asset tag
176. ed firmware Device MAC Layer level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 2 Run the test again 3 Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 2 Run the test again 3 Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 405 908 xxx BroadCom Test LEDs Failed Ethernet Device Recovering the server firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution
177. ed only by a trained service technician Watchdog 1 Failed to Capture Error An operating system error Reconfigure the watchdog Screen 1 OS Watchdog or has occurred and the screen timer to a higher value Loader Watchdog capture failed Make sure that the IMM Ethernet over USB interface is enabled Reinstall the RNDIS or cdc_ether device driver for the operating system 4 Disable the watchdog 5 Check the integrity of the installed operating system Update the IMM firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code update the code Please ensure that the IMM is flashed Error The server does not support Update the IMM firmware to a with the correct firmware The IMM is the installed IMM firmware version that the server supports unable to match its firmware to the version Important Some cluster server solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of Running the backup IMM main Error The IMM has resorted to Update the IMM firmware application running the backup main Important Some cluster application solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for
178. el of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove both adapters Replace the PCle adapter Replace the extender card Trained service technician only Replace the system board Redundancy Bckup Mem Status has Redundancy has been lost Check the system event been reduced and is insufficient to continue log for DIMM failure events operation uncorrectable or PFA and correct the failures Re enable mirroring in the Setup utility IMM Network Initialization Complete Info An IMM network has No action information only completed initialization Certificate Authority 1 has detected Error A problem has occurred with 1 Make sure that the certificate a 2 Certificate Error 1 the SSL Server SSL Client that you are importing is EM Cartiicateaithority CADIstAguie edName or SSL Trusted CA certificate correct 2 that has been imported CIM PublicReyCertificate ElementNarte into the IMM The imported certificate must contain a public Rey that corresponds to the Rey pair that vvas previously generated by the Generate a New Key and Certificate Signing Request link Try importing the certificate again Ethernet Data Rate modified from A user has modified the No action information only 1 to 2 by user 3 1 Ethernet port data rate CIM_EthernetPort Speed 2 CIM_EthernetPort Speed 3 user ID 40 Hardware Maintenance Manual e Follow the suggested
179. eliable power source Make sure that the operating system is not corrupted Run the Setup utility save the configuration and then restart the server 5 See Problem determination tips on page 104 3108007 System configuration restored to default Information only This message is usually associated settings with the CMOS battery clear event 3138002 Boot configuration error Remove any recent configuration changes made to the Setup utility Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings 24 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information FEror code Description iain SCS 3808000 IMM communication failure 3808002 Error updating system configuration to IMM 3808003 Error retrieving system configuration from IMM 3808004 IMM system event log full 3818001 Core Root of
180. emains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 77 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician e Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test Description 166 81 9 xxx 78 Hardware Maintenance Manual IMM IMM I2C Test 166 820 xxx IMM IMM I2C Aborted Test Aborted IMM 12C test stopped a command response could not be provided the SDR repository is in update mode IMM I2C test stopped a command response could not be provided the device is in firmware update mode 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test
181. emains go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information 66 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test Description 089 802 xxx CPU CPU System Turn off and restart the system Stress Test Bans Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest availability level For the latest level of DSA code go to me http www lenovo com support 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For the latest level of firmware go to http www lenovo com support and select you
182. ement pertains to these products and any product Lenovo produces containing RoHS compliant parts RoHS compliant ThinkServer RS210 parts have unique FRU part numbers Before or after June 2006 failed RoHS compliant parts must always be replaced using RoHS compliant FRUs so only the FRUs identified as compliant in the system Hardware Maintenance Manual or direct substitutions for those FRUs can be used Non RoHS Must be RoHS Must be RoHS Non RoHS Can sub to ROHS Note A direct substitution is a part with a different FRU part number that is automatically shipped by the distribution center at the time of order Turkish statement of compliance The Lenovo product meets the requirements of the Republic of Turkey Directive on the Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment EEE Turkiye EEE Yonetmeligine Uygunluk Beyani Bu Lenovo r n T C evre ve Orman Bakanl n n Elektrik ve Elektronik E yalarda Bazi Zararl Maddelerin Kullan m n n Sinirlandirilmasina Dair Y netmelik EEE direktiflerine uygundur EEE Y netmeli ine Uygundur Chapter 1 About this manual 5 6 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 2 General information This chapter provides general information that applies to all machine types supported by this publication Features and technologies The server uses the following features and technologies e UEFI compliant server firmware UEFI
183. enovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test Description 217 901 xxx SAS SATA Disk Drive Failed Reseat all hard disk drive backplane Hard Drive Test connections at both ends 405 901 xXxx BroadCom Test Failed Ethernet Control Device Registers 96 Hardware Maintenance Manual 2 Reseat all drives 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the firmware is at the latest level 5 Run the test again 6 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 2 Run the test again 3 Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are liste
184. ent of self service CRUs is your responsibility If Lenovo installs a self service CRU at your request you will be charged for the installation e Optional service customer replaceable unit You may install an optional service CRU yourself or request Lenovo to install it at no additional charge under the type of warranty service that is designated for your server e Field replaceable unit FRU FRUs must be installed only by trained service technicians For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance see the Warranty and Support Information document The following table lists the part numbers for the server components Table 15 Parts listing Types 6531 CRU part CRU part number see Tier FRU part Description Tier 1 number Lot Riser PCIX models CTO All Models 49Y4675 E Riser PCI E LP models CTO All Models 46C6796 a EH Riser PCI E FH models CTO All Models 49Y4673 EE El Air Duct models CTO All Models 46C6798 a S Memory module 1GB DDR3 1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM models 46U1991 CTO 3 Memory module 1GB 1x1GB Single Rankx8 PC3 10600 46U2906 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J ES Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP UDIMM models 46U2907 pf CTO 176 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 15 Parts listing Types 6531 continued CRU part CRU part number number Tier FRU part Descript
185. er before you remove or install a simple swap hard disk drive To remove a simple swap SATA drive from the bay complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Make sure that the server cover is in place and fully closed 3 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cord and all external cables 4 Remove the filler panel J from the bay 5 Pull the loops of the drive tray toward each other and pull the tray Ej out of the bay Installing a simple swap Serial ATA SATA hard disk drive Attention Simple swap hard disk drives are not hot swappable Disconnect all power from the server before you remove or install a simple swap hard disk drive To install a simple swap SATA hard disk drive complete the following steps Note If your server has only one simple swap hard disk drive make sure it is installed in the left drive bay Attention To avoid damage to the hard disk drive connectors make sure that the server cover is in place and fully closed whenever you install or remove a hard disk drive 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Make sure that the server cover is in place and fully closed Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cord and al
186. er information that you must consider when you install DIMMs see System board internal connectors on page 108 for the location of the DIMM connectors e The server supports only industry standard double data rate 3 DDR3 1066 or 1333 MHz PC3 6400 PC3 8500 or PC3 10600 single rank dual rank or quad rank registered or unbuffered synchronous dynamic random access memory SDRAM dual inline memory modules DIMMs with error correcting code ECC See http www lenovo com thinkserver for a list of supported memory modules for the server The specifications of a DDR3 DIMM are on a label on the DIMM in the following format gggeRxff PC3 wwwwwm aa bb cc where ggg is the total capacity of the DIMM for example 1GB 2GB or 4GB e is the number of ranks 1 single rank 2 dual rank 4 quad rank ff is the device organization bit width 4 x4 organization 4 DQ lines per SDRAM 8 x8 organization 16 x16 organization wwwww is the DIMM bandwidth in MBps 6400 6 40 GBps PC3 800 SDRAMs 8 byte primary data bus 8500 8 53 GBps PC3 1066 SDRAMs 8 byte primary data bus 10600 10 66 GBps PC3 1333 SDRAMs 8 byte primary data bus 12800 12 80 GBps PC3 1600 SDRAMs 8 byte primary data bus mis the DIMM type E Unbuffered DIMM UDIMM with ECC x72 bit module data bus R Registered DIMM RDIMM U Unbuffered DIMM with no ECC x64 bit primary data bus aa is the CAS latency in clocks at maximum
187. ernal connectors on page 108 Align the flash device with the USB connector on the system board and push it into the USB connector until it is firmly seated Press down on the retention latch to lock the flash device into the USB connector Install the riser card assembly see Installing the riser card assembly on page 157 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 Replacing the operator information panel assembly To replace the operator information panel assembly use the following procedures Removing the operator information panel assembly To remove the operator information panel assembly complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Remove the server from the rack and remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Disconnect both cables from the operator information panel assembly Remove the screws that secure the operator information panel assembly to the DVD bay housing 134 Hardware Maintenance Manual 6 Lift the operator information panel assembly out of the server 7 If you are instructed to return the operator information panel assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shippin
188. error LED on the system board Replace any failing device 4 Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained service technician only Replace the system board Check the hard disk drive LEDs Reseat the hard disk drive for which the status LED is lit Replace the defective hard disk drive Reseat hard disk drive n n hard disk drive number 1 Run the hard disk drive diagnostic test on drive n Reseat the following components a Hard disk drive b Cable from the system board to the backplane Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Hard disk drive b Cable from the system board to the backplane c Hard disk drive backplane n hard disk drive number e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step mus
189. es Removing a DVD drive To remove a DVD drive complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords 3 Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 4 Pull the release tab J the rear of the drive retention clip toward the right side of the server to release the clip then while you pull the tab push the drive out of the bay Note You might have to push the right rear corner of the drive toward the front of the server to move the drive initially 5 Remove the retention clip Ei from the drive and save for future use Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 163 6 If you are instructed to return the DVD drive follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a DVD drive The following notes describe the type of drives that the server supports and other information that you must consider when you install a DVD drive e Locate the documentation that comes with the drive and follow those instructions in addition to the instructions in this chapter e Make sure that you have all the cables and other equipment that are specified in the documentation that comes with the drive e The server supports one ultra slim SATA DVD drive To install a
190. es utilis s a travers l Union europ enne Conform ment a la directive ladite tiquette pr cise que le produit sur lequel elle est appos e ne doit pas tre jet mais tre r cup r en fin de vie In accordance with the European WEEE Directive electrical and electronic equipment EEE is to be collected separately and to be reused recycled or recovered at end of life Users of EEE with the WEEE marking per Annex IV of the WEEE Directive as shown above must not dispose of end of life EEE as unsorted municipal waste but use the collection framework available to customers for the return recycling and recovery of WEEE Customer participation is important to minimize any potential effects of EEE on the environment and human health due to the potential presence of hazardous substances in EEE For proper collection and treatment contact your local Lenovo representative Appendix A Notices 223 Compliance with Republic of Turkey Directive on the Restriction of Hazardous Substances Meets requirements of the Republic of Turkey Directive on the Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances In Electrical and Electronic Equipment EEE Turkiye EEE Y netmeli ine Uygunluk Beyan Bu Lenovo r n T C evre ve Orman Bakanl n n Elektrik ve Elektronik E yalarda Baz Zararl Maddelerin Kullan m n n Sinirlandirilmasina Dair Y netmelik EEE direktiflerine uygundur EEE Y netmeli ine Uygundur Recyc
191. ete the power on password A user who types the power on password has access to only the limited Configuration Setup Utility menu the user can set change and delete the power on password if the system administrator has given the user that authority Power on password If a power on password is set when you turn on the server the system startup will not be completed until you type the power on password You can use any combination of up to seven characters A Z a Z and 0 9 for the password If a power on password is set you can enable the Unattended Start mode in which the keyboard and mouse remain locked but the operating system can start You can unlock the keyboard and mouse by typing the power on password If you forget the power on password you can regain access to the server in any of the following ways e If an administrator password is set type the administrator password at the password prompt see Administrator password on page 201 Start the Configuration Setup Utility program and reset the power on password e Remove the battery from the server and then reinstall it For instructions for removing the battery see Replacing the system board battery on page 150 e Change the position of the clear CMOS jumper on the system board to bypass the power on password check See Power on password on page 201 for additional information Attention Before you change any switch settings or move any jumpers t
192. evel is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Run the test again Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 99 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician e Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test Description 405 907 xxx BroadCom Test Loop Failed Make sure that the component firmware is Ethernet back at at the latest level The install
193. fter 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 75 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service
194. g that are supplied to you Installing the operator information panel assembly To install the replacement operator information panel assembly complete the following steps 1 Guide the operator information panel assembly into position on top of the DVD bay housing Make sure that the LEDs and the USB connectors are aligned with the openings in the bezel and that the holes in the board align with the screw holes in the top of the bay housing 2 Use the screws that you removed earlier to secure the operator information panel assembly onto the top of the DVD bay housing 3 Reconnect both cables to the operator information panel assembly Operator information panel assembly EH Front panel USB connector 3 Operator information panel connector 4 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 135 Replacing the drive cage To replace the drive cage use the follovving procedures Removing the drive cage The following illustration shows removing a simple swap 3 5 inch drive cage The following illustration shows removing a hot swap 2 5 inch drive cage 136 Hardware Maintenance Manual To remove a drive cage complete the follovving steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cord and all external cables
195. g the prerequisites e The server has Internet access to obtain prerequisites and to activate the software after the installation is complete e The server has a static IP address e The server is not a domain controller However it is recommended to have the server join a domain e The account that you use to log in and to install the Core Server has Administrator privileges on the server with full read write access Ideally this account is also a Domain Administrator account This account will be used to create the initial administrator level account used to log in to the ThinkServer EasyManage console e Any previous agent from EasyManage or LANDesk must be removed prior to installing the Core Server and Management Console Installation order The order in which you install the operating system and Windows Components is critical to install ThinkServer EasyManage software successfully To ensure a clean working installation of ThinkServer EasyManage software use the following installation order 1 Install Microsoft Windows Server 2008 32 bit with the latest Service Pack 2 Install the Windows Components See Installing Windows 2008 32 bit components on page 216 3 Use Windows Update to install all available critical updates 4 Download Microsoft Web Services Enhancement 2 0 Service Pack 3 LANDesk Process Manager only from the following Web site http www microsoft com downloads details aspx FamilylID 1ba1f631 c3e7 42
196. harge wrist strap or other grounding system when you work inside the server with the power on You might be instructed to turn on the server while the cover is off to look at system board LEDs Follow these guidelines when you work inside a server that is turned on e Avoid wearing loose fitting clothing on your forearms Button long sleeved shirts before working inside the server do not wear cuff links while you are working inside the server e Do not allow your necktie or scarf to hang inside the server 116 Hardware Maintenance Manual Remove jewelry such as bracelets necklaces rings and loose fitting wrist watches Remove items from your shirt pocket such as pens and pencils that could fall into the server as you lean over it Avoid dropping any metallic objects such as paper clips hairpins and screws into the server Handling static sensitive devices Attention Static electricity can damage the server and other electronic devices To avoid damage keep static sensitive devices in their static protective packages until you are ready to install them To reduce the possibility of damage from electrostatic discharge observe the following precautions Limit your movement Movement can cause static electricity to build up around you The use of a grounding system is recommended For example wear an electrostatic discharge wrist strap if one is available Handle the device carefully holding it by its edges or its fr
197. hat are installed in DIMM connectors 1 and 4 You can use compatible DIMMs from various manufacturers in the same pair When you install or remove DIMMs the server configuration information changes When you restart the server the system displays a message that indicates that the memory configuration has changed See System board internal connectors on page 108 for the location of the DIMM connectors on the system board Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 125 To install a DIMM complete the follovving steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables if necessary 3 Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 4 Remove the DIMM air baffle see Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle on page 121 5 Open the retaining clip Jon each end of the DIMM connector Attention To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the DIMM connectors open and close the clips gently qN 6 Touch the static protective package that contains the DIMM to any unpainted metal surface on the outside of the server Then remove the DIMM from the package 7 Turn the DIMM HJ so that the DIMM keys align correctly with the connector see System board internal connectors on page 108 for the locations of the DIMM
198. hat comes with your operating system and software also contains troubleshooting information Checkout procedure The checkout procedure is the sequence of tasks that you should follow to diagnose a problem in the server About the checkout procedure Before you perform the checkout procedure for diagnosing hardware problems review the following information e Read the safety information that begins on page Important Safety Information on page 1 e The diagnostic programs provide the primary methods of testing the major components of the server such as the system board Ethernet controller keyboard mouse pointing device serial ports and hard disk drives You can also use them to test some external devices If you are not sure whether a problem is caused by the hardware or by the software you can use the diagnostic programs to confirm that the hardware is working correctly e When you run the diagnostic programs a single problem might cause more than one error message When this happens correct the cause of the first error message The other error messages usually will not occur the next time you run the diagnostic programs If multiple error codes or system board LEDs indicate a microprocessor error the error might be in the microprocessor or in the microprocessor socket See Microprocessor problems on page 54 for information about diagnosing microprocessor problems e Before you run the diagnostic programs you mus
199. he Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number componer Test Description 166 801 xxx IMM I2C Aborted IMM I2C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test stopped the power source You must disconnect the 166 802 xxx the IMM system from ac power to reset the IMM returned an incorrect response length 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and
200. he power source and turn on the system 18 Run the test again 19 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 82 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test Description 166 904 xxx IMM IMM I2C Failed The IMM Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test indicates the power source You must disconnect the a failure in system from ac power to reset the IMM the ee After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the SUPPIY DES power source and turn on the system Bus 3 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at
201. hen the IMM detects an operating system hang condition A system administrator can use the blue screen capture to assist in determining the cause of the hang condition Enabling the remote presence feature To enable the remote presence feature complete the following steps 1 Install the virtual media key into the dedicated slot on the system board see Installing the virtual media key on page 166 2 Turn on the server Note Approximately 1 to 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active Obtaining the IP address for the IMM To access the Web interface you need the IP address for the IMM You can obtain the IMM IP address through the Setup utility The server comes with a default IP address for the IMM of 192 168 70 125 To locate the IP address complete the following steps Step 1 Turn on the server Note Approximately 1 to 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active Chapter 8 Configuring the server 217 Step 2 When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 This prompt is displayed on the screen for only a few seconds You must press F1 quickly If you have set both a power on password and an administrator password you must type the administrator password to access the full Setup utility menu Step 3 From the Setup utility main menu select System Settings Step 4 On the next screen select Integrated
202. hey are presented a Check for and apply code updates Most problems that appear to be caused by faulty hardware are actually caused by the server firmware formerly BIOS firmware device firmware or device drivers that are not at the latest levels 1 Determine the existing code levels In DSA click Firmware VPD to view system firmware levels or click Software to view operating system levels i Download and install updates of code that is not at the latest level Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code To display a list of available updates for your server go to http www lenovo com support When you click an update an information page is displayed including a list of the problems that the update fixes Review this list for your specific problem however even if your problem is not listed installing the update might solve the problem b Check for and correct an incorrect configuration If the server is incorrectly configured a system function can fail to work when you enable it if you make an incorrect change to the server configuration a system function that has been enabled can stop working 1 Make sure that all installed hardware and software are supported See http www lenovo com support to verify that the server suppor
203. hnician only System board If you just installed an optional device remove it and restart the server If the server now starts you might have installed more devices than the power supply supports 7 See Power supply LEDs on page 63 See Solving undetermined problems on page 104 58 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information The server does not turn off 1 Determine whether you are using an Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI or a non ACPI operating system If you are using a non ACPI operating system complete the following steps Press Ctrl Alt Delete Turn off the server by pressing the power control button and hold it down for 5 seconds Restart the server d If the server fails POST and the power control button does not work disconnect the ac power cord for 20 se
204. hows cable routing for the DVD drive cable Note Route the DVD drive cable HJ through the fan cage hole on the left of fan 1 162 Hardware Maintenance Manual Connect the DVD drive cable to the system board connector Reconnect the DVD drive power cable to the power supply cable Reinstall the DVD drive see Replacing a DVD drive on page 163 Reinstall the riser card assembly see Installing the riser card assembly on page 157 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 OOD lOO Replacing a DVD drive To replace a DVD drive complete the following procedur
205. ia key is required to enable the integrated remote presence and blue screen capture features Without the virtual media key you will not be able to access the network remotely to mount or unmount drives or images on the client system However you can still access the Web interface without the key After the virtual media key is installed in the server it is authenticated to determine whether it is valid If the key is not valid you receive a message from the Web interface when you attempt to start the remote presence feature indicating that the hardware key is required to use the remote presence feature The virtual media key has an LED When this LED is lit and green it indicates that the key is installed and functioning correctly When the LED is not lit it indicates that the key might not be installed correctly The remote presence feature provides the following functions e Remotely viewing video with graphics resolutions up to 1280 x 1024 at 75 Hz regardless of the system state e Remotely accessing the server using the keyboard and mouse from a remote client e Mapping the DVD drive diskette drive and USB flash drive on a remote client and mapping ISO and diskette image files as virtual drives that are available for use by the server e Uploading a diskette image to the IMM memory and mapping it to the server as a virtual drive The blue screen capture feature captures the video display contents before the IMM restarts the server w
206. ield replaceable unit FRU FRUs must be installed only by trained service technicians The most recent version of this document is available at http www lenovo com support Before servicing a Lenovo product be sure to read the Safety Information See Important Safety Information on page 1 For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance see the Warranty and Support Information document Important Safety Information Be sure to read all caution and danger statements in this book before performing any of the instructions Veuillez lire toutes les consignes de type DANGER et ATTENTION du pr sent document avant d ex cuter les instructions Lesen Sie unbedingt alle Hinweise vom Typ ACHTUNG oder VORSICHT in dieser Dokumentation bevor Sie irgendwelche Vorg nge durchf hren Leggere le istruzioni introdotte da ATTENZIONE e PERICOLO presenti nel manuale prima di eseguire una qualsiasi delle istruzioni Certifique se de ler todas as instru es de cuidado e perigo neste manual antes de executar qualquer uma das instru es Es importante que lea todas las declaraciones de precauci n y de peligro de este manual antes de seguir las instrucciones Alai oda pH JE USI 134 s ba ga gall GI aail US bel i Ge ali BUS EAT BL ZT ARC JA PB E A E fE H o PATET Al AER ARAE PMA SS RR ANWYD NDIY Iyganyw 7199 AT qnona NIDN MNTAN MTN 92 NX DNXIPY INTI ENS SSA JWE WSS AWH EA
207. ifferent type of RAID controller follow the instructions in the documentation that comes with the adapter to view or change settings for attached devices When you are using the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure and manage arrays consider the following information e The integrated SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities supports the following features Integrated Mirroring IM with hot spare support also known as RAID 1 Use this option to create an integrated array of two disks plus up to two optional hot spares All data on the primary disk can be migrated Integrated Mirroring Enhanced IME with hot spare support also known as RAID 1E Use this option to create an integrated mirror enhanced array of three to eight disks including up to two optional hot spares All data on the array disks will be deleted Integrated Striping IS also known as RAID 0 Use this option to create an integrated striping array of two to eight disks All data on the array disks will be deleted e Hard disk drive capacities affect how you create arrays The drives in an array can have different capacities but the RAID controller treats them as if they all have the capacity of the smallest hard disk drive e If you use an integrated SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities to configure a RAID 1 mirrored array after you have installed the operating system you will lose access to any data or applications that were previously sto
208. ightly from these descriptions e System Information Select this choice to view information about the server When you make changes through other choices in the Setup Utility some of those changes are reflected in the system information you cannot change settings directly in the system information This choice is on the full Setup Utility menu only System Summary Select this choice to view configuration information including the ID speed and cache size of the microprocessors machine type and model of the server the serial number the system UUID and the amount of installed memory When you make configuration changes through other options in the Setup Utility the changes are reflected in the system summary you cannot change settings directly in the system summary Product Data Select this choice to view the system board identifier the revision level or issue date of the firmware the integrated management module and diagnostics code and the version and date This choice is on the full Setup Utility menu only e System Settings Select this choice to view or change the server component settings 198 Processors Select this choice to view or change the processor settings Memory Select this choice to view or change the memory settings Devices and I O Ports Select this choice to view or change assignments for devices and input output I O ports You can configure the serial ports configure remote console redirection enab
209. information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords Remove the server from the rack and remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Disconnect any cables from the PCI card Remove the riser card assembly see Removing the riser card assembly on page 156 If the riser card assembly is an optional PCI X riser card assembly disconnect the riser card power cable from the riser card assembly 130 Hardware Maintenance Manual PCI X povver cable El PCI X slot 7 Grasp the riser card assembly at the front grip point and rear edges and lift to remove it from the server 8 Place the riser card assembly on a flat static protective surface 9 Carefully grasp the PCI card by its top edge or upper corners and pull the PCI card from the riser card assembly PCI card Guide channels Expansion slot cover Expansion slot 2 Riser card assembly PCI card Expansion slot 1 BAG 2 3 E 10 If you are instructed to return the PCI card follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 11 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 Expansion slot cover Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 131 Installing a PCI card To install a PCI card complete the follovving steps
210. ing the FRU replacement To complete the installation do the following 1 2 3 4 If the DIMM air baffle was removed reinstall it now see Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle on page 121 Reinstall the cover if it was removed See Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Reinstall the server in the rack cabinet Reconnect all cables and power cords see Connecting the cables on page 173 172 Hardware Maintenance Manual 5 Update the server configuration see Updating the server configuration on page 174 6 Slide the server back into the rack if necessary 7 Turn on the peripheral devices and the server Connecting the cables The following illustration shows the locations of the input and output connectors on the front of the server ies RE El Power on LED 6 H Power control button El Reset button 8 El Hard disk drive activity LED oH El Locator LED System error LED USB 1 connector USB 2 connector Hard disk drive activity LED green Hard disk drive status LED amber The following illustration shows the connectors and LEDs on the rear of the server a g u CD g G ga e
211. ion Tier 1 2 number Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM models 46U1992 CTO Memory module 4GB 1x4GB Quad Rankx8 PC3 8500 CL7 46U2941 ECC DDR3 1066MHz LP RDIMM models CTO Memory module 8GB 1x8GB Quad Rankx8 PC3 8500 CL7 46U2942 ECC DDR3 1066MHz LP RDIMM models CTO Memory module 1 GB 1 x 1 GB 1Rx8 1Gbit PC3 10600 4471490 DDR3 1333 LP RDIMM models CTO Memory module 2 GB 1 x 2 GB 2Rx8 1Gbit PC3 10600 4471491 DDR3 1333 LP RDIMM models CTO Memory module 1 GB 1 x 1 GB 1Rx8 1Gbit PC3 10600 4471572 DDR3 1333 LP UDIMM models CTO Memory module 2 GB 1 x 2 GB 2Rx8 1Gbit PC3 10600 4471573 DDR3 1333 LP UDIMM models CTO Memory module 4GB 1 x 4 GB Dual Rank x8 1 PC3 10600 4471575 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM models CTO Memory module 8 GB 1x 8 GB Quad Rank x8 PC3 8500 46C7488 CL7 ECC DDR3 1066 MHz LP RDIMM models CTO Power supply 351W LE PSU models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 49Y4663 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J Power supply 351W HE PSU models CTO o 49Y4664 O SAS HS BACRPLANE 3 5 models CTO All Models CI CIS SAS Backplane 2 5 models CTO All Models CIC 3 5 DASD CAGE models CTO All Models CEI SATA Filler 3 5 models CTO All Models samasaa SAS Filler 3 5 models CTO All Models somas75 Ts Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Hot Swap SATA II 45J9642 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM
212. ion in the United States other countries or both IBM ServeRAID Elntel and Intel Xeon are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the United States other countries or both Microsoft and Windows are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States other countries or both Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States other countries or both Red Hat the Red Hat Shadow Man logo and all Red Hat based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Red Hat Inc in the United States and other countries Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others Important notes Processor speed indicates the internal clock speed of the microprocessor other factors also affect application performance DVD drive speed is the variable read rate Actual speeds vary and are often less than the possible maximum When referring to processor storage real and virtual storage or channel volume KB stands for 1024 bytes MB stands for 1 048 576 bytes and GB stands for 1 073 741 824 bytes When referring to hard disk drive capacity or communications volume MB stands for 1 000 000 bytes and GB stands for 1 000 000 000 bytes Total user accessible capacity can vary depending on operating environments Maximum internal hard disk drive capacities assume the replacement of any standard hard disk drives and population of all hard disk drive
213. is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 2 Run the test again 3 Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 97 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician e Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test Description 405 903 xxx BroadCom Test Failed Make sure that the component firmware is Ether
214. is 75 full 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName The Chassis Event Log CEL on system 1 is 100 full 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName 1 Platform Watchdog Timer expired for 2 1 OS Watchdog or Loader Watchdog 2 OS Watchdog or Loader Watchdog There is a problem with the certificate that has been imported into the IMM The imported certificate must contain a public key that corresponds to the key pair that was previously generated through the Generate a New Key and Certificate Signing Request link A user has successfully updated one of the following firmware components IMM main application IMM boot ROM Server firmware Diagnostics Integrated service processor An attempt to update a firmware component from the interface and IP address has failed The IMM event log is 75 full When the log is full older log entries are replaced by newer ones The IMM event log is full When the log is full older log entries are replaced by newer ones A Platform Watchdog Timer Expired event has occurred 1 Make sure that the certificate that you are importing is correct Try to import the certificate again No action information only Try to update the firmware again To avoid losing older log entries save the log as a text file and clear the log To avoid losing older log entries save the log as a text file and clear the log Reconfigure the watchdog timer to a higher
215. k properties delete virtual disks initialize disks and perform other tasks From this view you can view the physical drive properties create hot spare disks and perform other tasks Select this to start the Configuration Wizard and create a new storage configuration clear a configuration or add a new configuration From this view you can select a different SAS adapter Then you can view information about the adapter and the drives connected to it or create a new configuration for the adapter Select this to toggle between the Physical View and Logical View From this view you can display the system events in the Event Information page Select this to exit the WebBIOS utility and continue with the system boot Creating a storage configuration using the Configuration Wizard Follow these steps to start create a storage configuration 1 Click Configuration Wizard to start the wizard 2 Select a configuration option 206 Hardware Maintenance Manual Attention If you select Clear Configuration or Nevv Configuration all existing data in the configuration is deleted Make a backup copy of any data that you want to keep before selecting these options Clear Configuration Clears the existing configuration New Configuration Clears the existing configuration and lets you create a new configuration Add Configuration Retains the existing storage configuration and adds new drives to it this does not cause any data l
216. kServer EasyManage products and DVD burning software Windows installation only e Prepares the hard disk for installation e Prompts you to insert the operating system installation disc 208 Hardware Maintenance Manual e Initiates an unattended installation of the operating system and device drivers Setup and configuration When you start the EasyStartup DVD you will be prompted for the following e Select the language in which you want to view the program e Select the language of the keyboard you will be using with the program Note The following language keyboards are supported English Dutch French German Italian Japanese Spanish and Turkish You will then see one or more reminders about configuring storage devices and then you will be presented with the Lenovo License Agreement Read the license agreement carefully You must agree with terms in order to continue After agreeing to the license agreement you will be given the following choices e Continue to the main program interface e Use a shortcut to install an operating system based on a response file that you previously created using the EasyStartup program e Use a short cut to configure RAID controllers based on a RAID response file that you previously created using the EasyStartup program If you continue to the main program interface you will have the following selectable options e Compatibility notes This selection provides information about the RAID cont
217. l Models 59Y3230 Varem CTO Aimo o Da O Tomo sea modes Toa Moga eorr Po scan abr troses oro measg seveate ow case odes CTO mmes DE SD 2 5 DASD cage models CTO All Models sovsza7 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet Adapter models CTO 39Y6070 All Models la el rs LIC IC TI DS EC TI ES Tronic swr trocos crom moa wore II TI I TT ED Tenth ovo Rom mes ame ean con ovo mero aan TY L mim ese Damm senerab uria Sasa Corer moass GTO Lama Tremp mas mur sosa rodos TO aaee _ III TI TE L Senan Emo sasaa conor mouse a ovr O Sonea 501 SAS SATA conoter meses croy Lam sever M025 SAS SATA contr oasis TOY Dames 1 un ServeRAID M1015 SAS SATA controller models CTO 11U ere e 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 119 ECTS EE aa Oooo ServeRAID MR10M SAS SATA controller with Remote Battery 43W4341 Kit models CTO ServeRAID M1015 RAID 5 Upgrade Key models CTO aemosea ServeRAID M5014 SAS SATA Controller models CTO 46M0922 ii a a a T Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 187 6533 Softvvare FRU WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit IT models CTO All Models WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit JP models CTO All Models WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit SP models CTO All Models WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit TR models CTO All Models WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1174 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1175 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit FR models CTO All Models
218. l devices then disengage the cables from any retention clips that secure them to the side of the power supply Note Note the routing of all power supply cables you will route the power supply cables the same way when you install the power supply 146 Hardware Maintenance Manual 6 7 8 9 Remove the screw that holds the power supply E to the rear of the chassis Loosen the captive thumbscrew El that secures the power supply to the chassis bottom Lift the power supply out of the bay If you are instructed to return the power supply follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the power supply To install the replacement power supply complete the following steps 1 ar on Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Place the new power supply into the chassis Tighten the captive thumbscrew that secures the power supply to the chassis bottom Replace the screw that holds the power supply to the rear of the chassis Connect the internal power supply cables from the power supply to the power connectors on the system board See System board internal connectors on page 108 for the locations of the power connectors on the system board e For power supply without advanced energy management connect the power cables to power connectors 1 and 2 on
219. l external cables Remove the filler panel J from the bay if necessary Pull the loops of the drive tray toward each other and slide the drive into the server until the drive connects to the back plate Or Po Or Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 127 6 Release the loops of the drive tray 7 Insert the filler panel into the bay to cover the drive Note If the server is configured for RAID operation using a RAID controller you might have to reconfigure your disk arrays after you install hard disk drives See the RAID controller documentation for additional information about RAID operation and complete instructions for using the RAID controller 8 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 Removing a hot swap hard disk drive The 3 5 inch drive hot swap server models support either two SAS 3 5 inch hard disk drives or two SATA 3 5 inch hard disk drives The 2 5 inch drive hot swap server models support four 2 5 inch SAS hard disk drives OAR psesessssesse RR O ROn O0 RRR D000 D DO amm 8880 RQ 6868 O QARA fosesesesd DRRR OFORO sed o EO nmn Ea Oa PERR CRA log egogegil Q The removal and installation procedures are the same for any of
220. l the memory connectors see System board switches and jumpers on page 111 0058001 PFA threshold exceeded Update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 211 Reseat the DIMMs and run the memory test see Running the diagnostic programs on page 65 Replace the failing DIMM which is indicated by a lit LED on the system board Chapter 4 Diagnostics 21 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information 0058007 DIMM population is unsupported 1 Reseat the DIMMs and then restart the server 2 Remove the lowest numbered DIMM pair of those that are identified and replace it with an identical pair of Known good DIMMs then restart the server Return the removed DIMMs one pair at a time to their original connectors restarting the server after each pair until a pair fails Replace the DI
221. latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 4 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Turn off and restart the system 2 Run the test again 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 4 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Turn off and restart the system 2 Run the test again 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 4 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 87 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter
222. le or disable integrated Ethernet controllers the SAS SATA controller SATA DVD drive channels and PCI slots and view the system Hardware Maintenance Manual Ethernet MAC addresses If you disable a device it cannot be configured and the operating system will not be able to detect it this is equivalent to disconnecting the device Power Select this choice to view or change power capping to control consumption processors and performance states Legacy Support Select this choice to view or set legacy support Force Legacy Video on Boot Select this choice to force INT video support if the operating system does not support UEFI video output standards Rehook INT Select this choice to enable or disable devices from taking control of the boot process The default is Disable Legacy Thunk Support Select this choice to enable or disable UEFI to interact with PCI mass storage devices that are non UEFI compliant Integrated Management Module Select this choice to view or change the settings for the integrated management module POST Watchdog Timer Select this choice to view or enable the POST watchdog timer POST Watchdog Timer Value Select this choice to view or set the POST loader watchdog timer value Reboot System on NMI Enable or disable restarting the system whenever a nonmaskable interrupt NMI occurs Disabled is the default Commands on USB Interface Preference Select this ch
223. le to the operating system The amount of memory that is reserved for system resources depends on the operating system the configuration of the server and the configured PCI devices Turning off the server When you turn off the server and leave it connected to ac power the server can respond to requests to the service processor such as a remote request to turn on the server While the server remains connected to ac power one or more fans might continue to run To remove all power from the server you must disconnect it from the power source Some operating systems require an orderly shutdown before you turn off the server See your operating system documentation for information about shutting down the operating system Statement 5 AA Chapter 5 Locating Server Controls and connectors 113 CAUTION The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device The device also might have more than one power cord To remove all electrical current from the device ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power source AA 2 Cm lft 1 CJ pp am The server can be turned off in any of the follovving vvays e You can turn off the server from the operating system if your operating system supports this feature After an orderly shutdown of the operating system the server will turn off automatically e You can press the power control button to
224. lem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician A PCI PERR has occurred A PCI PERR has Check the extender card on system 1 1 occurred Sensor PCI LEDs CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Slot n n PCI slot number Reseat the affected adapters and extender card Update the server and adapter firmware UEFI and IMM Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove the adapter from slot n Replace the PCle adapter Replace extender card n n PCI slot number A PCI SERR has occurred A PCI SERR has Check the extender card on system 1 1 occurred Sensor PCI LEDs CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Slot n n PCI slot number Reseat the affected adapters and extender card Update the server and adapter firmware UEFI and IMM Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest
225. lenovo Hardware Maintenance Manual cc ThinkGentre Machine Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 lenovo Hardware Maintenance Manual Machine Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Note Before using this information and the product it supports read the general information in Appendix A Notices on page 221 and the Warranty and Support Information document on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD Third Edition September 2010 Copyright Lenovo 2009 2010 LENOVO products data computer software and services have been developed exclusively at private expense and are sold to governmental entities as commercial items as defined by 48 C F R 2 101 with limited and restricted rights to use reproduction and disclosure LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE If products data computer software or services are delivered pursuant a General Services Administration GSA contract use reproduction or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No GS 35F 05925 Contents Chapter 1 About this manual Important Safety Information Safety statements Important information about replacing RoHS compliant FRUs Rtgs SE eu Turkish statement of compliance Chapter 2 General information Features and technologies Specifications Software i EasyStartup EasyManage Chapter 3 General Chechout Checkout procedure About the chechout aiecedote Performing the checkout procedure Diagnosing a problem
226. level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove the adapter from slot n Replace the PCle adapter 6 Replace extender card n n PCI slot number 38 Hardware Maintenance Manual e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician A PCI PERR has occurred A PCI PERR has Check the extender card on system 1 1 occurred Sensor One LEDs CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName of PCI Err Reseat the affected adapters and riser card Update the server and adapter firmware UEFI and IMM Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove both adapters Replace the PCle adapter Replace the extender card Trained service technician only Replace the system board A PCI SERR has occurred A PCI SERR has Check the extender card on system 1 1 occurred
227. ling statements for Japan HAOUTYS 7 JVICBBL ARS X TIR E 3 OB U GH 7 JVIC DUT CROGERD FEMER AA E hY RRENDA RRWUELORE EKU BRARMCUC Me SRT SRA G SO KOBRO E JS o EE R BE UI RX Es CEE ME EAC aED JEF FR SEC SARA RES RI ESTERA NY A VORUNS kU e BE RM 2439 PC ERI HTI HER SHEL TU EF 3 GFRAIC OUTS D FOURL ICP P ERLT EE Lo http www ibm com jp pc service recycle pcrecycle Ete KCK RECHRASALCEOENVIVOA A SFSlICES4AMNB E16t2003 10 B1 BKVYVAR hKLECLK FMlcOUTlS UFO URL ICP 7HALTC EE http www ibm com jp pc service recycle personal ESE a GAO eae LBC OUT REBOT UY bERSIISMEOBS RAGE DMERENTHES A iS SWZ Eid ARB Tell E 3 OR U Y 1 Tibico OTI Cf o CER LC EE Ve 224 Hardware Maintenance Manual UFI La BC IRIS OO RRB DV TC aa da tel ea ig dar regia OA EF COBH S DBA SERV EUR EV EAC IC SL S P toT CCD RHENE T CX E CRIA EEU B BRRORRENTE BO OBRES RR T GE CZN S IB TPES LT BH LO EU CREU TCA CIE ICS BUS DEL TRES DP F lt LES BE RR SI EIX ENRE CRMC PEL FRE BRRIEG CD DB RRM E L TARE RRZKET SEES MD ERO RP RRRUICTE o C BESE LC CEU Battery return program This product may contain a lithium or lithium ion battery Consult your user manual or service manual for specific battery information The battery must be recycled or disposed of properly Recycling facilities may not be available in your area For information on disposal or batteries outside the United States go to http www
228. lit when data is active on the Ethernet network If the LAN activity LED is off make sure that the hub and network are operating and that the correct device drivers are installed e Check for operating system specific causes of the problem e Make sure that the device drivers on the client and server are using the same protocol If the Ethernet controller still cannot connect to the network but the hardware appears to be working the network administrator must investigate other possible causes of the error Chapter 4 Diagnostics 103 Solving undetermined problems If the diagnostic tests did not diagnose the failure or if the server is inoperative use the information in this section If you suspect that a software problem is causing failures continuous or intermittent see Software problems on page 60 Damaged data in CMOS memory or damaged server firmware can cause undetermined problems To reset the CMOS data use the CMOS jumper to clear the CMOS memory and override the power on password see System board switches and jumpers on page 111 If you suspect that the server firmware is damaged see Recovering the server firmware on page 100 If the power supplies are working correctly complete the following steps Step 1 Turn off the server Step 2 Make sure that the server is cabled correctly Step 3 Remove or disconnect the following devices one at a time until you find the failure Turn on the server and
229. lity to view the LEDs because the LEDs are not lit when the power source is removed Before you disconnect the power source make a note of which LEDs are lit including the LEDs that are lit on the operation information panel and LEDs inside the server on the system board Many errors are first indicated by a lit system error LED on the control panel assembly of the server If this LED is lit one or more LEDs elsewhere in the server might also be lit and can direct you to the source of the error Before you work inside the server to view the LEDs read the safety information that begins on page Important Safety Information on page 1 If an error occurs view the server LEDs in the following order 1 Check the control panel assembly on the front of the server If the system error LED is lit it indicates that an error has occurred 2 Check the front and rear of the server to determine whether any component LEDs are lit Chapter 4 Diagnostics 61 3 Remove the server cover and look inside the server for lit LEDs Certain components inside the server have LEDs that will be lit to indicate the location of a problem For example a DIMM error will light the LED next to the failing DIMM on the system board Look at the system service label inside the side cover of the server which gives an overview of internal components This information can often provide enough information to correct the error The following table describes the LEDs
230. ls CTO All Models 90Y1193 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1194 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1195 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1196 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1197 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1198 ROK WS2008 FOUND 64bit MUI EN JP models CTO All Models 90Y1199 ROK WS2008 FOUND 64bit MUI EN FR GR SP IT models CTO All Models 90Y1200 Table 16 Parts listing Types 6532 CRU part CRU part number T Tier FRU part Description Tier 1 number EE Riser PCIX models CTO All Models 49Y4675 ar LSC Riser PCI E LP models CTO All Models 46C6796 a f Riser PCI E FH models CTO All Models aves 180 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 16 Parts listing Types 6532 continued CRU part CRU part number ey Tier FRU part Description Tier 1 number Es Air Duet models CTO All Models 46C6798 Memory module 1GB DDR3 1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM models 46U1991 i a CTO Memory module 1GB 1x1GB Single Rankx8 PC3 10600 46U2906 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP UDIMM models 46U2907 CTO Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM models 46U1992 CTO Memory module 1 GB 1 x 1 GB 1Rx8 1Gbit PC3 10600 44T1490 DDR3 1333 LP RDIMM models CTO Memory module 2 GB 1 x 2 GB 2Rx8 1Gbit PC3 10600 4471491
231. lution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Chapter 4 Diagnostics 49 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Multiple hard disk drives are offline A replacement hard disk drive does not rebuild A green hard disk drive activity LED does not accurately represent the actual state of the associated drive An amber hard disk drive status LED does not accurately represent the actual state of the associated drive Hypervisor problems Review the storage subsystem logs for indications of problems within the storage subsystem such as backplane or cable problems See Problem determination tips on page 104 Make sure that the hard disk drive is recognized by the controller the green hard disk drive activity LED is flashing Review the SAS SAT
232. med only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information smem ta o S A cover lock is broken an LED If the part is a CRU replace it If the part is a FRU the part must be replaced by a is not working or a similar trained service technician problem has occurred Hard disk drive problems e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information C EE A hard disk drive has failed Replace the failed hard disk drive see Replacing hard disk drives on page 126 and the associated amber hard disk drive status LED is lit 48 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7
233. mmand Note When using the remote LAN access method to access IMM using the LAN from a client the host and the imm_external_ip address are required parameters host lt imm_external_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt Where imm_external_ip The external IMM LAN IP address There is no default value This parameter is required imm_user_id The IMM account 1 of 12 accounts The default value is USERID imm_password The IMM account password 1 of 12 accounts The default value is PASSWORD with a zero 0 not an O The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not using the default values Examples that do not use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsInfoProdName lt m t_model gt host lt imm_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsInfoSerialNum lt s n gt host lt imm_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt host lt imm_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt Examples that do use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SysInfoProdName lt m t_model gt host lt imm_ip gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysInfoSerialNum lt s n gt host lt imm_ip gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt host lt imm_ip gt Restart the server Complet
234. moving the DIMM air baffle To remove the DIMM air baffle complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Remove the server from the rack and remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 4 Lift the DIMM air baffle J up and out of the server Attention For proper cooling and airflow reinstall the DIMM air baffle before you turn on the server Operating the server with the air baffle removed might damage server components Installing the DIMM air baffle To install the DIMM air baffle complete the following steps 1 Align the DIMM air baffle jas shown above 2 Lower the DIMM air baffle into position until it clicks into place Attention For proper cooling and airflow the air baffle must be installed before turning on the server Operating the server with an air baffle removed might damage server components 3 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 121 Replacing a memory module DIMM To replace a dual inline memory module DIMM use the follovving information and procedures Supported memory types Follovving is information that describes the types of dual inline memory modules DIMMS that the server supports and oth
235. n e Never assume that power has been disconnected from a circuit Check it to make sure that it has been disconnected e f you have to work on equipment that has exposed electrical circuits observe the following precautions Make sure that another person who is familiar with the power off controls is near you and is available to turn off the power if necessary When you are working with powered on electrical equipment use only one hand Keep the other hand in your pocket or behind your back to avoid creating a complete circuit that could cause an electrical shock When you use a tester set the controls correctly and use the approved probe leads and accessories for that tester Stand on a suitable rubber mat to insulate you from grounds such as metal floor strips and equipment frames e Use extreme care when you measure high voltages e To ensure proper grounding of components such as power supplies pumps blowers fans and motor generators do not service these components outside of their normal operating locations e If an electrical accident occurs use caution turn off the power and send another person to get medical aid Working inside the server with the power on Attention Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered on might cause the server to halt which might result in the loss of data To avoid this potential problem always use an electrostatic disc
236. n FCC statement Industry Canada Class Ae emission eaiaolanea statement Avis de conformit a la r glementation d Industrie Canada 4 Australia and New Zealand Class A statement United Kingdom felesorimunicatione La requirement European Union EMC Directive ccifianiate statement Germany Class A sempllaics statement Japan Voluntary Control Council for Interference VCCI statement Taiwan Class A warning statement People s Republic of China Class A warning statement Korea Class A warning statement 222 222 223 224 224 225 226 226 226 226 226 226 227 227 227 228 228 229 229 vii Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 1 About this manual This Hardware Maintenance Manual contains information to help you solve problems that might occur in your server It describes the diagnostic tools that come with the server error codes and suggested actions and instructions for replacing failing components Replaceable components are of three types e Self service customer replaceable unit CRU Replacement of self service CRUs is your responsibility If Lenovo installs a self service CRU at your request you will be charged for the installation e Optional service customer replaceable unit You may install an optional service CRU yourself or request Lenovo to install it at no additional charge under the type of warranty service that is designated for the server e F
237. n modes cr aan Tata co rw ovo measc mavens i seta oor poaes oT DS DS ie mesos Lam ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller v2 models CTO 11U 49Y4737 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J fe ServeRAID M5015 SAS SATA controller models CTO 46M0851 mel I an ServeRAID M5025 SAS SATA controller models CTO 46M0854 I EE ServeRAID M1015 SAS SATA controller models CTO 46M0862 I EE ServeRAID MR10i Li lon Battery models CTO 43W4301 ServeRAID MR10M SAS SATA controller with Remote Battery 43W4341 Kit models CTO Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 183 Table 16 Parts listing Types 6532 continued CRU part CRU part number aie Tier FRU part Description Tier 1 number _ ServeRAID M1015 RAID 5 Upgrade Key models CTO 46M0864 SS eas ServeRAID M5014 SAS SATA Controller models CTO 46M0922 a ES 6532 Software FRU EasyManage models CTO All Models 69Y9937 Documentation DVD models CTO All Models 90Y1164 EasyStartup models CTO All Models 90Y1165 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1166 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1167 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1168 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1169 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1170 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1171 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1189 184
238. nal_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt Where imm_external_ip The external IMM LAN IP address There is no default value This parameter is required imm_user_id The IMM account 1 of 12 accounts The default value is USERID imm_password The IMM account password 1 of 12 accounts The default value is PASSWORD with a zero 0 not an O The following commands are examples of using the user ID and password default values and not using the default values Example that does not use the user ID and password default values asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYSInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt host lt imm_ip gt user lt user_id gt password lt password gt Example that does use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SysInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt host lt imm_ip gt 5 Restart the server Updating the DMI SMBIOS data The Desktop Management Interface DMI must be updated when the system board is replaced Use the Advanced Settings Utility to update the DMI in the UEFl based server The ASU is an online tool that supports several operating systems Make sure that you download the version for your operating system To download the ASU and update the DMI complete the following steps 1 Download the Advanced Settings Utility ASU a b C d Go to http www lenovo com support Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Sel
239. nances or regulations To install the replacement battery complete the following steps 1 Follow any special handling and installation instructions that come with the replacement battery 2 Insert the new battery a Orient the battery so that the positive side faces up b Tilt the battery so that you can insert it into the socket on the side opposite the battery clip c Press the battery down into the socket until it clicks into place Make sure that the battery clip holds the battery securely 3 Make sure that the riser card assembly is fully seated in the connectors on the system board 4 If the riser card assembly is an optional PCI X riser card assembly make sure that the riser card power cable is connected to the riser card assembly 5 Install the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 6 Slide the server into the rack 7 Reconnect the external cables then reconnect the power cords and turn on the peripheral devices and the server Note You must wait approximately 1 to 3 minutes after you connect the power cord of the server to an electrical outlet before the power control button becomes active 8 Start the Setup utility and reset the configuration see Starting the Setup Utility on page 198 for details e Set the system date and time e Set the power on password e Reconfigure the server 152 Hardware Maintenance Manual Replacing the SAS SATA hard disk
240. nect the 166 818 xxx command system from ac power to reset the IMM response could not be provided After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support IMM I2C Aborted IMM I2C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test stopped the power source You must disconnect the cannot system from ac power to reset the IMM execute a duplicated request After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure r
241. nector ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller connector The following illustration shows the locations of the PCI Express slots on the riser card assembly PCI Express x8 slot 1 EH PCI Express x8 slot 2 The following illustration shows the location of the PCI X slot on the optional PCI X riser card assembly 110 Hardware Maintenance Manual El PCI X power cable El PCI X slot System board svvitches and jumpers The following illustration shows the switches and jumpers on the system board fi direan El EH on Microprocessor d A EA era FER l ESS dl ESE The follovving table describes the jumpers on the system board re ES Table 6 System boa
242. nent Test Description 201 802 xxx Memory Memory Test 201 803 xxx Memory Memory Test 201 804 xxx Memory Memory Test 86 Hardware Maintenance Manual Test canceled the end address in the E820 function is less than 16 MB Test canceled could not enable the processor cache Test canceled the memory controller buffer request failed Turn off and restart the system 2 Run the test again 3 Make sure that all DIMMs are enabled in the Setup utility Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support 5 Run the test again 6 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Turn off and restart the system 2 Run the test again 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 4 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Turn off and restart the system 2 Run the test again 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this compone
243. net Internal at the latest level The installed firmware Device Memory level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 2 Run the test again 3 Check the interrupt assignments in the PCI Hardware section of the DSA event log If the Ethernet device is sharing interrupts if possible use the Setup utility see Using the Setup Utility on page 197 to assign a unique interrupt to the device Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 98 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at
244. ng 1 2 Align the cover over the server toward the rear of the server until the cover edges slip in position over the chassis Press down on the two blue tabs on the front of the cover while sliding the cover forward toward the front of the server until the cover is completely closed Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 119 Removing and installing the bezel To remove the bezel complete the follovving steps 1 Remove the server from the rack and remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 2 From inside the server press the bezel release latch JA toward the left side of the server 3 Pivot the bezel J forward and pull it away from the server 4 If you are instructed to return the bezel follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 120 Hardware Maintenance Manual Attention For proper cooling and airflovv replace the bezel and server cover before you turn on the server To install the bezel insert the tab at the right end of the bezel into the front of the chassis and pivot the bezel until it snaps into place Attention For proper cooling and airflow replace the server cover before you turn on the server Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle The DIMM air baffle must be removed to allow access to some of the server components To remove and install the DIMM air baffle complete the following procedures Re
245. ng information System error logs Temperature voltage and fan speed information Self monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology SMART data Machine check registers USB information Monitor configuration information PCI slot information The diagnostic programs create a merged log that includes events from all collected logs The information is collected into a file that you can send to Lenovo service and support Additionally you can view the server information locally through a generated text report file You can also copy the log to removable media and view the log from a Web browser See Running the diagnostic programs on page 65 for more information e Server LEDs Use the LEDs on the server to diagnose system errors quickly See System board LEDs on page 112 for more information Event logs Error codes and messages are displayed in the following types of event logs Copyright Lenovo 2009 2010 17 e POST event log This log contains the three most recent error codes and messages that vvere generated during POST You can view the POST event log through the Setup utility e System event log This log contains messages that were generated during POST and all system status messages from the service processor You can view the contents of the system event log from the Setup utility for more information The system event log is limited in size When it is full new entries will not overwrite
246. ng procedures Removing the battery To remove the battery complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 If necessary lift the riser card assembly out of the way see Removing the riser card assembly on page 156 Remove the battery 150 Hardware Maintenance Manual sas SS ES dimen Es FI Ts El i ag i El 4 Ei i a 4 E i ta AAAA m 3 T s ON slat f n Q o g 2 Q g S o _ PoR RE qu i TEI aa ii eli o
247. nnect the riser card power cable to the PCI X riser card assembly 2 Install the adapter in the riser card assembly see Installing a PCI card on page 132 3 Install the riser card assembly see Installing the riser card assembly on page 157 4 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 Updating the Universal Unique Identifier UUID The Universal Unique Identifier UUID must be updated when the system board is replaced Use the Advanced Settings Utility to update the UUID in the UEFl based server The ASU is an online tool that supports several operating systems Make sure that you download the version for your operating system To download the ASU and update the UUID complete the following steps 1 Download the Advanced Settings Utility ASU a Go to http www lenovo com support b Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list c From Family list select ThinkServer RS210 and click Continue d Click Downloads and drivers to link to the ASU program 2 ASU sets the UUID in the Integrated Management Module IMM Select one of the following methods to access the Integrated Management Module IMM to set the UUID e Online from the target system LAN or keyboard console style KCS access e Remote access to the target system LAN based 168 Hardware Maintenance Manual 3 Copy and unpack the ASU package which also inclu
248. nt For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 4 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test Description 201 805 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted 201 806 xxx Memory Memory Aborted Test 201 807 xxx Memory Memory Aborted Test Test canceled the memory controller display alter write operation was not completed Test canceled the memory controller fast scrub operation was not completed Test canceled the memory controller buffer free request failed Turn off and restart the system 2 Run the test again 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the
249. ntegrated Ethernet controller ROM Select Advanced Functions PCI Bus Control PCI ROM Control Execution to disable the ROM of the adapter in the PCI slots Select Devices and I O Ports to disable any of the integrated devices Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Each adapter b Trained service technician only System board 3xx0007 xx Firmware fault detected system halted Recover the server firmware to the latest level can be 00 19 Undo any recent configuration changes or clear CMOS memory to restore the settings to the default values see System board jumpers Remove any recently installed hardware 3038003 Firmware corrupted Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings to recover the server firmware Trained service technician only Replace the system board Chapter 4 Diagnostics 23 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http
250. o the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number componer Test Description 166 809 xxx 166 810 xxx IMM I2C Aborted IMM I2C Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test test stopped the power source You must disconnect the request data system from ac power to reset the IMM length is invalid After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support IMM I2C Aborted IMM 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test stopped the power source You must disconnect the request system from ac power to reset the IMM data ba After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the truncated power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of
251. o the riser card assembly aligning the edge connector on the PCI card with the connector on the riser card assembly Press the edge of the connector firmly into the riser card assembly Make sure that the PCI card snaps into the riser card assembly securely Important Make sure that the U shaped opening in the metal PCI card bracket El engages the tab jon the expansion slot bracket EL Attention When you install an PCI card make sure that the PCI card is correctly seated in the riser card assembly and that the riser card assembly is securely seated in the riser card connector on the system board before you turn on the server An incorrectly seated PCI card might cause damage to the system board the riser card assembly or the PCI card 8 Reinstall the riser card assembly in the server see Installing the riser card assembly on page 157 9 If you have installed a PCI X riser card assembly Jin the server reconnect the riser card power cable El to the riser card assembly 10 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 Replacing a USB embedded hypervisor flash device To replace a hypervisor flash device complete the following procedures Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 133 Removing a USB embedded hypervisor flash device To remove a hypervisor flash device complete the follovving steps 1 a A OMN N O Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines fo
252. odels CTO All Models 90Y1186 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1187 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1188 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1189 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1190 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1191 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1192 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1193 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1194 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1195 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1196 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1197 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1198 ROK WS2008 FOUND 64bit MUI EN JP models CTO All Models 90Y1199 ROK WS2008 FOUND 64bit MUI EN FR GR SP IT models CTO All Models 90Y1200 alala Povver cords For your safety Lenovo provides a povver cord vvith a grounded attachment plug to use vvith this Lenovo product To avoid electrical shock always use the power cord and plug with a properly grounded outlet Lenovo power cords used in the United States and Canada are listed by Underwriter s Laboratories UL and certified by the Canadian Standards Association CSA For units intended to be operated at 115 volts Use a UL listed and CSA certified cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG Type SVT or SJT three conductor cord a maximum of 15 feet in length and a parallel blade g
253. oice to enable or disable the Ethernet over USB interface on IMM Network Configuration Select this choice to view the system management network interface port the IMM MAC address the current IMM IP address and the host name define the static IMM IP address subnet mask and gateway address specify whether to use the static IP address or have DHCP assign the IMM IP address save the network changes and reset the IMM Reset IMM to Defaults Select this choice to view or reset IMM to the default settings Reset IMM Select this choice to reset IMM System Security Select this choice to view or configure Trusted Platform Module TPM support Adapters and UEFI Drivers Select this choice to view information about the UEFI 1 10 and UEFI 2 0 compliant controllers and drivers installed in the server Network Select this choice to view or configure the network device options such as iSCSI PXE and network devices Note The configuration forms for UEFI 2 1 and greater compliant add on network devices might be located here e Date and Time Select this choice to set the date and time in the server in 24 hour format hour minute second Chapter 8 Configuring the server 199 This choice is on the full Setup Utility menu only e Start Options Select this choice to view or change the start options including the startup sequence keyboard NumLock state PXE boot option and PCI device boot priority Changes in
254. ol button to power on the server If this LED does not flash within 30 seconds of connecting a power flash to the server complete the following steps a Trained service technician only Use the IMM recovery jumper to recover the firmware see System board jumpers Trained service technician only Replace the system board Diagnostic programs and messages The diagnostic programs are the primary method of testing the major components of the server As you run the diagnostic programs text messages are displayed on the screen and are saved in the test log A diagnostic text message indicates that a problem has been detected and provides the action you should take as a result of the text message Make sure that the server has the latest version of the diagnostic programs To download the latest version complete the following steps 64 Hardware Maintenance Manual Note Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document Go to http www lenovo com support Utilities are available to reset and update the diagnostics code on the integrated USB flash device if the diagnostic partition becomes damaged and does not start the diagnostic programs For more information and to download the utilities go to http www lenovo com support Running the diagnostic programs To run the diagnostic programs complete the following steps Step 1
255. ollowing steps Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 155 Alignment tabs El Alignment slots El Drive connectors El Drive connectors 1 Connect the cables to the replacement backplane Slide the backplane into the card guides making sure that any nearby wires or cables are not trapped or pinched 3 Press firmly until the backplane is fully seated and clicks into place 4 Install the hard disk drives 5 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 Replacing the PCI riser card assembly To replace the PCI riser card assembly use the following procedures Removing the riser card assembly To remove the riser card assembly complete the following steps To remove the riser card assembly complete the following steps 1 af O MN Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cord and all external cables Remove the server from the rack and place it on a flat static protective surface Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Grasp the riser card assembly Jj at the front and rear edges and lift to remove it from the server Place the riser card assembly on a flat static protective surface 156 Hardware Maintenance Manual If the riser card assembly is an optional PCI X riser card assembly disconnec
256. on G1101 2 26GHz 1066MHz 2MB 2C hl 69Y1013 49Y 4645 models CTO Microprocessor Xeon X3460 2 8GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y4646 models CTO 17 7 Microprocessor Xeon X3430 2 4GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y4647 models CTO 11G 11M 11A 11J Microprocessor Xeon X3440 2 53GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C models CTO Microprocessor Xeon X3450 2 67GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C models CTO Microprocessor Pentium G6950 2 8 GHz 1066MHz 3MB 2C models CTO Microprocessor Xeon X3470 2 93GHzZ 1333MHz 8MB 4C models CTO Microprocessor Core i3 540 3 06 GHz 1333MHz 4MB 2C models CTO Microprocessor Core i3 530 2 93 GHz 1333MHz 4MB 2C models CTO Heat Sink models CTO All Models Top cover models CTO All Models 59Y3223 System battery models CTO All Models 33F8354 1U Tool Less Rail Kit models CTO All Models 24P1121 EAR Bracket models CTO All Models 39M4351 Re Cable mini SAS cable models CTO All Models 41Y3884 7 49Y 4648 7 49Y 4649 7 49Y 4668 7 4606775 7 59Y3175 7 59Y3176 18 19 59Y3221 Cable backplane cable models CTO All Models 59Y3210 Cable 500mm SAS cable models CTO All Models 59Y3214 Cable Front I O cable models CTO All Models 59Y3228 ES ES EE lt a E EE ol i tl i a i 186 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 17 Parts listing Types 6533 continued CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number Cable 3 5 SS SATA cable models CTO Al
257. on the system board and PCI extender cards and suggested actions to correct the detected problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Component LED DIMM error LEDs CPU error LEDs System board error LED Battery failure LED IMM heartbeat LED A memory DIMM has failed or is incorrectly installed Microprocessor has failed is missing or has been incorrectly installed Note Trained service technician only Make sure that the microprocessor is installed correctly see Installing the microprocessor on page 141 System board CPU VRD and or power voltage regulators have failed Battery low Indicates the status of the boot process of the IMM When the server is connected to power this LED flashes quickly to indicate that the IMM code is loading When the loading is complete the LED stops flashing briefly and then flashes slowly to indicate that the IMM if fully operational and you can press the power control button to start the server 62 Hardware Maintenance Manual De
258. onnect the failure in the system from ac power to reset the IMM i bus Bus After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 6 Run the test again 7 Remove power from the system 8 Trained service technician only Replace the system board Reconnect the system to power and turn on the system 10 Run the test again 11 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 81 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician e Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http
259. ons to correct the detected problems These errors can appear as severe warning or informational Chapter 4 Diagnostics 19 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information FErercode Desno ion ooo 0010002 Microprocessor not supported 0011000 Invalid microprocessor type 0011004 Microprocessor failed BIST 001100A Microcode updated failed 0050001 DIMM disabled 20 Hardware Maintenance Manual Trained service technician only Reseat the microprocessor and restart the server Trained service technician only Remove the microprocessor and install a new microprocessor Restart the server If the error is corrected the old microprocessor is bad and must be replaced Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor
260. oo ee e e E FEU FS a Use a fingernail to press the top of the battery clip avvay from the battery The battery pops up vvhen released ds a b Use your thumb and index finger to lift the battery from the socket 6 Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations See Battery return program on page 225 for more information Installing the battery The following notes describe information that you must consider when replacing the system board battery in the server When replacing the system board battery you must replace it with a lithium battery of the same type from the same manufacturer After you replace the system board battery you must reconfigure the server and reset the system date and time To avoid possible danger read and follow the following safety statement Statement 2 A CAUTION When replacing the lithium battery use only an equivalent type battery recommended by the Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 151 manufacturer If your system has a module containing a lithium battery replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used handled or disposed of Do not e Throw or immerse into water e Heat to more than 100 C 212 F e Repair or disassemble Dispose of the battery as required by local ordi
261. ooting information at http www lenovo com support Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test Description 215 903 xxx DVD Drive 215 904 xxx DVD Drive Could not access the drive Verify Media Installed Read Write Test e Self Test Messages and actions apply to all three tests Failed A read error occurred Verify Media Installed Read Write Test Self Test Messages and actions apply to all three tests Insert a CD DVD into the drive or try a new media and wait for 15 seconds 2 Run the test again 3 Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or broken connections or damage to the cable Replace the cable if it is damaged 4 Run the test again 5 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest
262. ooting information at http www lenovo com support 166 808 xxx i IMM I2C Aborted IMM I2C test Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test stopped the power source You must disconnect the reservation system from ac power to reset the IMM canceled or invalid 72 Hardware Maintenance Manual reservation ID 3 Run the test again After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go t
263. operating frequency bb is the JEDEC SPD Revision Encoding and Additions level cc is the reference design file for the design of the DIMM dis the revision number of the reference design of the DIMM e The server supports unbuffered DIMMs UDIMM or registered DIMMs RDIMM e The server supports a maximum of six single rank or dual rank DIMMs depending on the type of DIMM you install in the server 122 Hardware Maintenance Manual Note To determine the type of a DIMM see the label on the DIMM The information on the label is in the format xxxxx NRxxx PC3 XXXXX XX XX XXX The numeral in the sixth numerical position indicates whether the DIMM is single rank n 1 or dual rank n 2 The server supports up to two UDIMMs or three RDIMMs per channel The following table shows an example of the maximum amount of memory that you can install using ranked DIMMs Unbuffered DIMMs UDIMMs The following notes provide information that you must configure when you install UDIMMs The memory channels run at the fastest common frequency of the DIMMs installed Do not use both UDIMMs and RDIMMs in the same server Using ECC and non ECC UDIMMs in the server will cause the server to run in non ECC mode The UDIMM options that are available for the server are 1 GB 2 GB and 4 GB when available DIMMs You can install a maximum of 16 GB of memory in some server models when you use UDIMMs The server supports up to two single rank or dual rank U
264. oprocessor number Chapter 4 Diagnostics 29 e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Sensor CPU nOverTemp has transitioned to critical from a less severe state n microprocessor number Sensor CPU nOverTemp has transitioned to non recoverable from a less severe state n microprocessor number Sensor CPU nOverTemp has transitioned to critical from a non recoverable state n microprocessor number 30 Hardware Maintenance Manual A sensor has changed to Critical state from a less severe state A sensor has changed to Nonrecoverable state from a less severe state A sensor has changed to Critical state from Nonrecoverable state Make sure that the fans are operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n n mic
265. oprocessor or heat sink becomes contaminated contact your service technician a Make sure that the thermal material is still on the bottom of the heat sink then align the heat sink so that the arrows on the label point toward the DIMMs and place the heat sink on top of the microprocessor thermal material side down b Align the screw holes J on the heat sink with the holes on the system board HJ Following is an illustration of the heat sink orientation Heatsink Orientation E gt c Tighten the screws with a screwdriver alternating among the screws until they are tight If possible each screw should be rotated two full rotations at a time Repeat until the screws are tight Do not overtighten the screws by using excessive force N g 6 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 Thermal grease The thermal grease must be replaced whenever the heat sink has been removed from the top of the microprocessor and is going to be reused or when debris is found in the grease When you are installing the heat sink on the same microprocessor that is was removed from make sure that the following requirements are met e The thermal grease on the heat sink and microprocessor is not contaminated e Additional thermal grease is not added to the existing thermal gre
266. ord are being used Have the system administrator reset the login ID or password No action information only Info A user has initiated a reset No action information only of the IMM e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician ENET O DHCP HSTN 1 The DHCP server has No action information only DN 2 IP 3 SN 4 assigned an IMM IP address GW 5 DNS1 6 1 and configuration CIM_DNSProtocolEndpoint Hostname 2 CIM DNSProtocolEndpoint DomainNa 3 CIM IPProtocolEndpoint IPv4Address 904 CIM_IPProtocolEndpoint SubnetMask 5 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX 6 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX ENET 0O IP Cfg HstName 1 An IMM IP address and No action information only IP 2 NetMsk 3 configuration have been GW 4 1 assigned using client data CIM_DNSProtocolEndpoint Hostname 2 CIM StaticiPSettingData IPv4Address 3 CIM_StaticlPSettingData SubnetMask 4 CIM_StaticlPSettingData DefaultGatewayAddress LAN Ethernet 0 interface is no longer Info The
267. ordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Make sure that the installed DIMMs are supported and configured correctly Trained service technician only Replace the system board Chapter 4 Diagnostics 33 e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Sensor Sys Board Fault has transitioned to critical from a less severe state Sensor RAID Error has transitioned to critical from a less severe state The Drive n Status has been removed from unit Drive 0 Status n hard disk drive number The Drive n Status has been disabled due to a detected fault n hard disk drive number 34 Hardware Maintenance Manual A sensor has changed to Critical state from a less severe state A sensor has changed to Critical state from a less severe state A drive has been removed A drive has been disabled because of a fault 1 Check the system event log Check for an
268. ort Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 5 Run the test again 6 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new drivers or to submit a request for information Message number aala Test Description 201 810 xxx Memory Memory Aborted Test 1 Turn off and restart the system Test stopped 2 Run the test again unknown error 3 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest code xxx level For the latest level of DSA code go to received in http www lenovo com support COMMONEXIT 4 Make sure that the server firmware is at procedur
269. oss 3 Click Next 4 Select a configuration mode from the following options Custom Configuration In this mode you can control all attributes of the new storage configuration Auto Configuration and Redundancy This mode automatically creates an optimal RAID 1 or RAID 5 configuration providing data redundancy Auto Configuration without Redundancy This mode automatically creates a non redundant RAID 0 configuration 5 Click Next to continue Viewing and changing properties You can view information for one LSI SAS at a time If your system has multiple LSI SAS adapters you can view information for a different adapter click Adapter Selection on the main view To view the properties for the currently selected adapter click Adapter Properties on the main VVebBIOS screen Viewing and changing virtual disk properties On the VVebBIOS main screen select a virtual disk from the list and click Virtual Disk The Properties panel displays the RAID level state size and stripe size The Policies panel lists the virtual disk policies that were defined when the storage configuration was created To change any of these policies select a policy from the menu and click Change The Operations panel lists operations that can be performed on the virtual disk Select the operation and click Go Then choose from the following operations e Select Del to delete this virtual disk e Select Locate and the LEDs flash on the physical drives used
270. ot trapped or pinched 4 Press firmly until the backplane or back plate is fully seated 5 Install the hard disk drives 6 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 154 Hardware Maintenance Manual Removing the SAS backplane 2 5 inch drives Alignment El Alignment slots tabs El Connectors El Connectors To remove the 2 5 inch drives backplane complete the following steps 1 ON OVO NS Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Remove the server from the rack and place it on a flat static protective surface Pull the hard disk drives out of the server slightly to disengage them from the backplane Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Lift the backplane or back plate out of the server Disconnect the backplane cables e Disconnect the SAS SATA controller cable from the backplane e Disconnect the power cable from the backplane e Disconnect the system board cable from the backplane If you are instructed to return the backplane or back plate follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the SAS backplane 2 5 inch drives To install the replacement 2 5 inch hot swap drives backplane complete the f
271. our product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list 3 From Family list select ThinkServer RS210 and click Continue Enabling and configuring Serial over LAN SOL Establish a Serial over LAN SOL connection to manage servers from a remote location You can remotely view and change the BIOS settings restart the server identify the server and perform other management functions Any standard Telnet client application can access the SOL connection To enable and configure the server for SOL you must update and configure the UEFI code update and configure the integrated management module IMM firmware update and configure the Ethernet controller firmware and enable the operating system for an SOL connection UEFI update and configuration To update and configure the UEFI code to enable SOL complete the following steps 1 Update the UEFI code a Download the latest version of the UEFI code from http www lenovo com support b Update the UEFI code following the instructions that come with the update file that you downloaded 2 Update the IMM firmware a Download the latest version of the IMM firmware from http www lenovo com support b Update the IMM firmware following the instructions that come with the update file that you downloaded 3 Configure the UEFI settings a When you are prompted to start the Configuration Setup Utility program restart the
272. ous laser radiation There are no serviceable parts inside the device e Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein might result in hazardous radiation exposure Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode Note the following Laser radiation when open Do not stare into the beam do not view directly with optical instruments and avoid direct exposure to the beam A Class 1 Laser Product Laser Rlasse 1 Laser Rlass 1 Luokan 1 Laserlaite Appareil A Laser de Classe 1 Statement 4 A gt 18 kg 89 7 Ib gt 32 kg 70 5 Ib gt 55 kg 121 2 Ib CAUTION Use safe practices when lifting Chapter 1 About this manual 3 Statement 5 AA CAUTION The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device The device also might have more than one power cord To remove all electrical current from the device ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power source AA 20a 1a Statement 8 AA CAUTION Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached Hazardous voltage current and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached There are no serviceable parts inside these components If you suspect a problem with one of these parts contact a service technician
273. p hard disk drive depending on model Removing and installing the cover Use the following procedures to remove and install the cover Removing the cover To remove the server cover do the following 1 2 5 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the povver cords and all external cables if necessary Note When you disconnect the power source from the server you will lose the ability to view the LEDs because the LEDs will not be lit with the power source removed Before disconnecting the power source make sure to note which LEDs are lit including the LEDs that are lit on the operator information panel and LEDs that are lit inside the server on the system board If the server has been installed in a rack slide the server out from the rack enclosure See the Rack Installation Instructions that come with the server for information about removing the server from the rack Press down firmly on the two blue tabs J on each side of the top of the cover and slide the cover toward the rear of the server until the cover has disengaged from the chassis Lift the server cover off the server and set it aside Installing the cover Attention For proper cooling and airflow replace the server cover before you turn on the server To replace the server cover do the followi
274. p is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician DHCP 1 failure no IP address assigned 1 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX Remote Login Successful Login ID 1 from 2 at IP address 3 1 user ID 2 ValueMap CIM ProtocolEndpoint Protd 3 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX Info Error Error Error Error Info Attempting to 1 server 2 by user 3 1 Power Up Power Down Power Cycle or Reset 2 IBM_ComputerSystem ElementName 3 user ID Security Userid 1 had 2 login failures from WEB client at IP address 3 1 user ID 2 MaximumSuccessiveLoginFailures currently set to 5 in the firmware 3 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX Security Login ID 1 had 2 login failures from CLI at 3 1 user ID 2 MaximumSuccessiveLoginFailures currently set to 5 in the firmware 3 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX Remote access attempt failed Invalid userid or password received Userid is 1 from WEB browser at IP address 2 1 user ID 2 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX Remote access attempt failed Invalid userid or password received Userid is 1 from TELNET client at IP address 2 1 user ID 2 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX The Chassis Event Log CEL on system 1 cleared by user 2 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName 2 user ID IMM reset was initiated by user 1 1 user ID 42 H
275. pment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order to meet FCC emission limits Lenovo is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by using other than recommended cables and connectors or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Industry Canada Class A emission compliance statement This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Avis de conformit a la r glemen
276. problem use the procedure for another symptom if possible To locate troubleshooting procedures for your server complete the following steps Note Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document 1 Go to http www lenovo com support 2 From the Select your product list select Servers and Storage 3 In the Browse by product window Family list select ThinkServer RS210 4 Under Support amp downloads click Troubleshoot 5 Under Diagnostic select the troubleshooting procedure for the symptom that you are observing For more troubleshooting information see Chapter 4 Diagnostics on page 17 If the problem remains contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service provider for assistance with additional problem determination and possible hardware replacement Be prepared to provide information about any error codes and collected data Undocumented problems If you have completed the diagnostic procedure and the problem remains the problem might not have been previously identified by Lenovo After you have verified that all code is at the latest level all hardware and software configurations are valid and no LEDs or log entries indicate a hardware component failure contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service provider for assistance Be prepared to provide information about any error codes and collected data and the problem determination p
277. r _ ServeRAID MR10i SAS SATA Controller models CTO away _ ServeRAID MR10is VAULT SAS SATA controller models CTO 44E86968 _ IBM 3Gb SAS HBA controller v2 models CTO 448701 S ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller v2 models CTO 11U 49Y4737 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J ServeRAID M5015 SAS SATA controller models CTO 14U 46M0851 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14J 15G 15M 15A 15J 8 ServeRAID M5025 SAS SATA controller models CTO 46M0854 ServeRAID M1015 SAS SATA controller models CTO 12U 46M0862 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13d ServeRAID MR10i Li lon Battery models CTO 43W4301 I S ServeRAID MR10M SAS SATA controller with Remote Battery 43W4341 Kit models CTO _ ServeRAID M1015 RAID 5 Upgrade Key models CTO aemosea _ ServeRAID M5014 SAS SATA Controller models CTO aemosz2 eT 6534 Software FRU EasyManage models CTO All Models 69Y9937 Documentation DVD models CTO All Models 90Y1164 EasyStartup models CTO All Models 90Y1165 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1166 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1167 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit FR models CTO All oa 90Y1168 192 Hardware Maintenance Manual 6534 Software FRU WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1183 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1184 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1185 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit JP m
278. r are installed and that they are at the latest level e Make sure that the Ethernet cable is installed correctly The cable must be securely attached at all connections If the cable is attached but the problem remains try a different cable If you set the Ethernet controller to operate at 100 Mbps you must use Category 5 cabling If you directly connect two servers without a hub or if you are not using a hub with X ports use a crossover cable To determine whether a hub has an X port check the port label If the label contains an X the hub has an X port e Determine whether the hub supports auto negotiation If it does not try configuring the integrated Ethernet controller manually to match the speed and duplex mode of the hub e Check the Ethernet controller LEDs on the rear panel of the server These LEDs indicate whether there is a problem with the connector cable or hub The Ethernet link status LED is lit when the Ethernet controller receives a link pulse from the hub If the LED is off there might be a defective connector or cable or a problem with the hub The Ethernet transmit receive activity LED is lit when the Ethernet controller sends or receives data over the Ethernet network If the Ethernet transmit receive activity is off make sure that the hub and network are operating and that the correct device drivers are installed e Check the LAN activity LED on the rear of the server The LAN activity LED is
279. r is a simple swap model that contains a SATA RAID back plate disconnect the SAS signal cable from the SAS SATA controller 8 If you are instructed to return the backplane or back plate follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the backplane or back plate 3 5 inch drives To install the replacement 3 5 inch hot swap drives backplane or simple swap SATA drives back plate complete the following steps Note The following illustration shows installing the hot swap SAS SATA backplane Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 153 Connectors El Guide channels 1 Connect the power cable to the replacement backplane or back plate 2 Reconnect the backplane or back plate cables e If the server is a hot swap model reconnect the SAS SATA controller signal cable to the backplane e If the server is a simple swap model that contains a standard SATA back plate reconnect the SATA cable to the system board See System board internal connectors on page 108 for the location of the SATA connectors on the system board Note Make sure that the cable drive number on the back plate matches the SATA connector number on the system board e If the server is a simple swap model that contains a SATA RAID back plate reconnect the SAS signal cable to the SAS SATA controller 3 Slide the backplane or back plate into the card guides making sure that any nearby wires or cables are n
280. r system to display a matrix of available firmware 5 Run the test again 6 Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state 7 Run the test again 8 Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Run the test again 089 802 xxx CPU CPU System Replace the following components one at a Stress Test resource time in the order shown and run this test again availability to determine whether the problem has been error solved a Trained service technician only Microprocessor board b Trained service technician only Microprocessor If the failure remains go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Chapter 4 Diagnostics 67 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must
281. r trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Remove the riser card assembly see Removing the riser card assembly on page 156 Unlock the retention latch on the USB connector by squeezing the two retention clips toward each other see System board internal connectors on page 108 Grasp the flash device and pull to remove it from the connector Press down on the retention latch to return it to the locked position If you are instructed to return the flash device follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a USB embedded hypervisor flash device To install a hypervisor flash device complete the following steps 1 2 3 Remove the riser card assembly see Removing the riser card assembly on page 156 see Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 System board internal connectors on page 108 Unlock the retention latch on the USB connector by squeezing the two retention clips toward each other see System board int
282. rd jumpers Clear CMOS jumper El e Pins 1 and 2 Keep CMOS data default Pins 2 and 3 Clear CMOS data including power on password and administrator password Boot block jumper El Pins 1 and 2 Boot from primary BIOS page default Pins 2 and 3 Boot from backup BIOS page Chapter 5 Locating Server Controls and connectors 111 Table 6 System board jumpers continued Notes 1 If no jumper is present the server responds as if the pins are set to 1 and 2 2 Changing the position of the UEFI boot recovery jumper from pins 1 and 2 to pins 2 and 3 before the server is turned on alters vvhich flash ROM page is loaded Do not change the jumper pin position after the server is turned on This can cause an unpredictable problem Important 1 Before you change any svvitch settings or move any jumpers turn off the server then disconnect all power cords and external cables Review the information in Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Handling static sensitive devices on page 117 and Turning off the server on page 113 2 Any system board switch or jumper blocks that are not shown in the illustrations in this document are reserved System board LEDs The following illustration shows the light emitting diodes LEDs on the system board
283. reconfigure it each time Any external devices Surge suppressor device on the server Printer mouse and non Lenovo devices Each adapter Hard disk drives Memory modules The minimum configuration requirement is 1 GB DIMM in slots 3 Step 4 Turn on the server If the problem remains suspect the following components in the following order e Memory module e Microprocessor e System board If the problem is solved when you remove an adapter from the server but the problem recurs when you reinstall the same adapter suspect the adapter if the problem recurs when you replace the adapter with a different one suspect the riser card If you suspect a networking problem and the server passes all the system tests suspect a network cabling problem that is external to the server Problem determination tips Because of the variety of hardware and software combinations that can encounter use the following information to assist you in problem determination If possible have this information available when requesting assistance from Lenovo The model number and serial number of the server are located on an ID label J on the bezel 104 Hardware Maintenance Manual e Machine type and model e Microprocessor or hard disk drive upgrades e Failure symptom Does the server fail the diagnostic tests What occurs When Where Does the failure occur on a single server or on multiple servers ls the failure repeatable
284. red on the secondary drive of the mirrored pair e If you install a different type of RAID controller see the documentation that comes with the controller for information about viewing and changing settings for attached devices Starting the LSI Configuration Utility program To start the LSI Configuration Utility program complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server 204 Hardware Maintenance Manual Note Approximately 1 to 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac povver the povver control button becomes active 2 When the prompt lt F1 Setup gt is displayed press F1 If you have set an administrator password you are prompted to type the password 3 Select System Settings Adapters and UEFI drivers 4 Select Please refresh this page on the first visit and press Enter 5 Select LSIcontroller_driver_name Driver and press Enter where controller_driver_name is the name of the SAS SATA controller driver For the SAS SATA controller driver name see the documentation that comes with your controller 6 To perform storage management tasks follow the procedures in the documentation that comes with the SAS SATA controller When you have finished changing settings press Esc to exit from the program select Save to save the settings that you have changed Formatting a hard disk drive Low level formatting removes all data from the hard disk If there is data on the disk that you want to save back up the hard disk before
285. right Lenovo 2009 2010 115 e Check the area for electrical hazards such as moist floors nongrounded power extension cords power surges and missing safety grounds e Use only approved tools and test equipment Some hand tools have handles that are covered with a soft material that does not provide insulation from live electrical currents e Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical hand tools for safe operational condition Do not use worn or broken tools or testers e Do not touch the reflective surface of a dental mirror to a live electrical circuit The surface is conductive and can cause personal injury or equipment damage if it touches a live electrical circuit e Some rubber floor mats contain small conductive fibers to decrease electrostatic discharge Do not use this type of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock e Do not work alone under hazardous conditions or near equipment that has hazardous voltages e Locate the emergency power off EPO switch disconnecting switch or electrical outlet so that you can turn off the power quickly in the event of an electrical accident e Disconnect all power before you perform a mechanical inspection work near power supplies or remove or install main units e Before you work on the equipment disconnect the power cord If you cannot disconnect the power cord have the customer power off the wall box that supplies power to the equipment and lock the wall box in the off positio
286. rive is set as the primary drive Start the EasyStartup DVD from the primary DVD drive The operating system Make more space available on the hard disk installation program continuously loops The EasyStartup Make sure that the operating system media is supported by the EasyStartup program program will not start See the EasyStartup User Guide for a list of supported operating system versions The the operating system EasyStartup User Guide and compatibility notes are available through the EasyStartup media program 46 Hardware Maintenance Manual DVD drive problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information smem Acton S The optical drive is not 1 Make sure that recognized e The SATA connector to which the DVD drive is attached primary or secondary is enabled in the Setup utility e All cables and jumpers are installed correctly e
287. rn angegeben zu installieren und zu betreiben Japan Voluntary Control Council for Interference VCCI statement CORB PHUBRES ERS E ERER VOC I ORB CED 7 ZZA TBRRIRIN RE Co CORBt RE CHATS EER HEA EC dC ED GG UES COBBRICIER EA DEU GIS RE BT SBLIPBRKENSACEMPHVETF Taiwan Class A warning statement os eS ES RNE TE SLSR FE TAERE gt EET gt BE iY BERRI He HO SI o d RII d IX 228 Hardware Maintenance Manual People s Republic of China Class A vvarning statement E B Mab A Rh LEGA R a PIA SER CR ET IX ELR T SI SETS HP UR TH RR VI Se A FT IE FE Rorea Class A vvarning statement oq AAS APSLSE Uza yass SF JJol2u A ES ASAE WAS SA cA BeA Wet Gz Ba FE SHOIAS DoE 7473827 WSAotaAy7 ayq Appendix A Notices 229 230 Hardware Maintenance Manual lenovo Part Number RS210 Printed in USA 1P P N RS210
288. rocedures that you have used 16 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 4 Diagnostics This chapter describes the diagnostic tools that are available to help you solve problems that might occur in the server Diagnostic tools The following tools are available to help you diagnose and solve hardware related problems e POST error messages and error logs The power on self test POST generates messages to indicate successful test completion or the detection of a problem See POST on page 19 Event logs on page 17 and POST error codes on page 19 for more information e Troubleshooting tables These tables list problem symptoms and actions to correct the problems See Troubleshooting tables on page 46 for more information e Dynamic System Analysis DSA Preboot diagnostic programs The DSA Preboot diagnostic programs provide problem isolation configuration analysis and error log collection The diagnostic programs are the primary method of testing the major components of the server and are stored in integrated USB memory The diagnostic programs collect the following information about the server System configuration Network interfaces and settings Installed hardware Service processor status and configuration Vital product data firmware and UEFI configuration Hard disk drive health RAID controller configuration Controller and service processor event logs including the followi
289. rol Trained service technician only Reseat the operator information panel cables button will not function until and then repeat steps 1a and 1b approximately 1 to 3 minutes after the server has been connected to ac power e Trained service technician only If the server starts reseat the operator information panel If the problem remains replace the operator information panel If the server does not start bypass the power control button by using the force power on jumper see System board switches and jumpers on page 111 If the server starts reseat the operator information panel If the problem remains replace the operator information panel Make sure that the reset button is working correctly a Disconnect the server power cords b Reconnect the power cords Make sure that e The power cords are correctly connected to the server and to a working electrical outlet The type of memory that is installed is correct The DIMMs are fully seated The LEDs on the power supply do not indicate a problem Trained service technician only The microprocessor is correctly installed Reseat the following components DIMMs Trained service technician only Power supply cables to all internal components Trained service technician only Power switch connector Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMMs b Power supply c Trained service tec
290. rollers operating systems and server configurations supported by that version of the EasyStartup program e User Guide This selection provides information about the features provided by that version of the EasyStartup program e Hardware list This selection displays a list of hardware devices detected by the EasyStartup program e Configure RAID This selection enables you to view the current RAID configuration for each installed RAID controller and make changes if needed e Install operating system This selection displays a series of choices and prompts to collect information required for installation prepares the hard disk for installation and then initiates the installation process using the user provided operating system installation CD or DVD e About This selection displays version information and legal notices Configuring RAID The RAID configuration feature that is part of the EasyStartup program enables you to view and change RAID settings for supported RAID controllers Through this feature you have the ability to configure each installed controller The program automatically detects the number of discs currently attached to the controller determines the possible RAID configurations that can be configured and prompts you through the steps to configure one or more disc arrays with or without hot spare drives As you configure each controller you will be given the option to save the RAID configuration settings to a RAID respon
291. rols are adjusted correctly Make sure that the correct server is controlling the monitor if applicable Make sure that damaged server firmware is not affecting the video see Updating the firmware on page 211 Observe the checkpoint LEDs on the system board if the codes are changing go to step 6 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Monitor b Video PCI card if one is installed c Trained service technician only System board See Solving undetermined problems on page 104 The monitor works when Make sure that you turn on the server but the screen goes blank when you start some application programs e You installed the necessary device drivers for the application e The application program is not setting a display mode that is higher than the capability of the monitor Run video diagnostics see Diagnostic tools on page 17 e If the server passes the video diagnostics the video is good see Solving undetermined problems on page 104 e Trained service technician only If the server fails the video diagnostics replace the system board Chapter 4 Diagnostics 55 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer
292. rom the primary bank Out of band method See the IMM documentation Automated boot recovery ABR If the server is booting up and the IMM detect problems with the server firmware in the primary bank it will automatically switch to the backup firmware bank and give you the opportunity to recover the primary bank To recover to the server firmware primary bank complete the following steps 1 Restart the server 2 When the prompt press F3 to restore to primary is displayed press F3 to recover the primary bank Pressing F3 will restart the server Three boot failure Configuration changes such as added devices or adapter firmware updates can cause the server to fail POST power on self test If this occurs on three consecutive boot attempts the server will temporarily use the default configuration values and automatically goes to F1 Setup To solve the problem complete the following steps 1 Undo any configuration changes that you made recently and restart the server 2 Remove any devices that you added recently and restart the server 3 If the problem remains go to Setup and select Load Default Settings and then click Save to restore the server factory settings 102 Hardware Maintenance Manual Solving povver problems Power problems can be difficult to solve For example a short circuit can exist anywhere on any of the power distribution buses Usually a short circuit will cause the power subsystem to shut down
293. roprocessor number Make sure that the fans are operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number Make sure that the fans are operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Sensor CPU nOverTemp has transitioned to non recoverable n microprocessor number A bus timeout has occurred on system 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName The System 1 encountere
294. rounding type attachment plug rated 15 amperes 125 volts For units intended to be operated at 230 volts U S use Use a UL listed and CSA certified cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG Type SVT or SUT three conductor cord a maximum of 15 feet in length and a tandem blade grounding type attachment plug rated 15 amperes 250 volts For units intended to be operated at 230 volts outside the U S Use a cord set with a grounding type attachment plug The cord set should have the appropriate safety approvals for the country in which the equipment will be installed Lenovo power cords for a specific country or region are usually available only in that country or region Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 193 Table 19 Povver cords Type 6531 Lenovo Povver cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5247 Taiwan 2 8M models CTO 39M5102 ANZ 2 8M models CTO 11M 12M 39M5123 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5130 Denmark 2 8M models CTO 11G 12G 39M5144 S Africa 2 8M models CTO 11G 11M 11A 12G 12M 12A 39M5151 UK 2 8M models CTO 11G 11A 12G 12A 39M5158 Switzerland 2 8M models CTO 11G 12G 39M5165 Italy 2 8M models CTO 11S 11L 11Y 11G 12S 12L 12Y 12G 39M5172 Israel 2 8M models CTO 11G 12G 39M5219 Korea 2 8M models CTO 39M5199 Japan 2 8M models CTO 11J 12J 39M5081 US Canada 2 8M models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11A 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12A 39M5226 India 2 8M models CTO 39M517
295. rver firmware You can use it to configure the network as a startable device and you can customize where the network startup option appears in the startup sequence Enable and disable the Intel Gigabit Ethernet Utility program from the Setup utility Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controllers The Ethernet controllers are integrated on the system board They provide an interface for connecting to a 10 Mbps 100 Mbps or 1 Gbps network and provide full duplex FDX capability which enables simultaneous transmission and reception of data on the network If the Ethernet ports in the server support auto negotiation the controllers detect the data transfer rate 1OBASE T 100BASE TX or 1000BASE T and duplex mode full duplex or half duplex of the network and automatically operate at that rate and mode You do not have to set any jumpers or configure the controllers However you must install a device driver to enable the operating system to address the controllers For device drivers and information about configuring the Ethernet controllers see the Intel Hartwell 82574L Gigabit Ethernet Software CD that comes with the server To find updated information about configuring the controllers complete the following steps 218 Hardware Maintenance Manual Note Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document 1 Go to http www lenovo com support 2 Enter y
296. ry when registered DIMMs are installed The server supports up to 8 GB if unbuffered DIMMs are installed The memory controller supports error correcting code ECC for up to six industry standard PC3 8500 or PC3 10600R 999 1066 and 1333 MHz DDR3 third generation double data rate registered or unbuffered synchronous dynamic random access memory SDRAM dual inline memory modules DIMMs Integrated network support The server comes with an integrated Intel Gigabit Ethernet controller which supports connection to a 10 Mbps 100 Mbps or 1000 Mbps network For more information see Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controllers on page 218 Integrated Trust Platform Module This integrated security chip performs cryptographic functions and stores private and public secure keys It provides the hardware support for the Trusted Computing Group TCG specification Large data storage capacity and hot swap capabilityThe server supports a maximum of four 2 5 inch hot swap Serial Attached SCSI SAS hard disk drives two 3 5 inch simple swap Serial ATA SATA hard disk drives or two 3 5 inch hot swap SAS or SATA hard disk drives depending on the server model With the hot swap feature you can add remove or replace hard disk drives without turning off the server PCI card capabilities The server has two PCI interface slots one supports low profile cards and one supports half length full height cards Both slots can support PCI Express PCI
297. s 1U e Depth 560 1 mm 22 inches e Width 430 mm 17 3 inches e Maximum weight 11 4 kg 25 1 Ib when fully configured Heat output Approximate heat output e Minimum configuration 171 BTU per hour 50 watts e Maximum configuration 1024 BTU per hour 300 watts Electrical input e Sine wave input 50 60 Hz required Input voltage low range Minimum 100 V ac Maximum 127 V ac Input voltage high range Minimum 200 V ac Maximum 240 V ac Input kilovolt amperes kVA approximately Minimum 0 102 kVA Maximum 0 55 kVA Power consumption and heat output vary depending on the number and type of optional features installed and the power management optional features in use The sound levels were measured in controlled acoustical environments according to the procedures specified by the American National Standards Institute ANSI 12 10 and ISO 7779 and are reported in accordance with ISO 9296 Actual sound pressure levels in a given location might exceed the average values stated because of room reflections and other nearby noise sources The noise emission level stated in the declared upper limit sound power level in bels for a random sample of system There is no keyboard connector or mouse connector on the server You can connect a USB keyboard and USB mouse to the server by using the USB connectors Software Lenovo provides software to help get
298. s in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information A serial device does not work Make sure that e The device is compatible with the server e The serial port is enabled and is assigned a unique address e The device is connected to the correct connector see System board switches and jumpers on page 111 Reseat the following components a Failing serial device b Serial cable Replace the components listed in step 2 one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time Trained service technician only Replace the system board e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU
299. s listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or El submit a request for information Message number componer Test Pe N 166 906 xxx IMM I2C Failed The IMM Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test indicates the power source You must disconnect the a failure in system from ac power to reset the IMM ihe Raa After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the EON er power source and turn on the system bus Bus 5 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 6 Run the test again 7 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source Trained service technician only Replace the system board Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 10 Run the
300. s preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information A USB device does not work Run USB diagnostics see POST on page 19 Make sure that e The correct USB device driver is installed e The operating system supports USB devices Make sure that the USB configuration options are set correctly in the Setup Utility see Using the Setup Utility on page 197 for more information If you are using a USB hub disconnect the USB device from the hub and connect it directly to the server Video problems See Monitor problems on page 54 Error LEDs The illustration shows the system board LEDs The system board has error LEDs that will help to locate the source of the error Run the diagnostic programs to find out the cause of the error see Running the diagnostic programs on page 65 New graphic to be added in the next draft The server is designed so that LEDs remain lit when the server is connected to an ac power source but is not turned on provided that the power supply is operating correctly This feature helps you to isolate the problem when the operating system is shut down Note When you disconnect the power source from the server you lose the abi
301. scription Action CI Remove the DIMM that has the lit error LED 2 Reseat the DIMM 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMM b Trained service technician only System board Check the system event log to determine the reason for the lit LED Trained service technician Reseat the failing microprocessor Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Failing microprocessor b Trained service technician only System board Trained service technician only Replace the system board 1 Replace the CMOS lithium battery if necessary 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board If the LED does not begin flashing within 30 seconds of when the server is connected to power complete the following steps 1 Trained service technician only Rerecover the firmware see Recovering the server firmware on page 100 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded
302. se file which you can use on other similarly configured Lenovo servers This method satisfies most users needs Note The EasyStartup program provides limited support for the IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Controller You must use the LSI Configuration Utility to configure the disc array for this controller However after the disc arrays are configured you can use the EasyStartup program to install the operating system and associated device driver See Using LSI Configuration Utility program on page 204 for details Chapter 8 Configuring the server 209 Typical operating system installation When you select Install operating system you will be prompted for information required for the installation The prompts vary depending on the operating system selected This section describes the tasks associated with a typical Windows operating system installation Each task must be completed in order before moving to the next task Note Ensure that your RAID controller is correctly configured before you select an operating system to install e Select operating system This task enables you to select the operating system that you will be installing e Select disk This task enables you to select the disk where you want to install the operating system Note The disk that you select must be set as the boot disk in UEFI e Partitions options This task enables you to choose whether you want to repartition the selected drive or use an existing
303. server and press F1 b Select System Settings Devices and I O Ports c Select Console Redirection Settings then make sure that the values are set as follows e COM Port 1 Enable e Remote Console Enable e Serial Port Sharing Enable e Serial Port Access Mode Dedicated COM1 Settings e Baud Rate 115200 e Data Bits 8 e Parity None Stop e Bits 1 e Thermal Emulation ANSI e Active After Boot Enable e Flow Control Hardware d Press Esc twice to exit the Devices and I O Ports section of the Configuration Setup Utility program e Select Save Settings then press Enter f Press Enter to confirm Chapter 8 Configuring the server 219 g Select Exit Setup then press Enter h Make sure that Yes exit the Setup Utility is selected then press Enter 220 Hardware Maintenance Manual Appendix A Notices Lenovo may not offer the products services or features discussed in this document in all countries Consult your local Lenovo representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area Any reference to a Lenovo product program or service is not intended to state or imply that only that Lenovo product program or service may be used Any functionally equivalent product program or service that does not infringe any Lenovo intellectual property right may be used instead However it is the user s responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any other product program or service
304. server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cord and all external cables Note When you disconnect the power source from the server you lose the ability to view the LEDs because the LEDs are not lit when the power source is removed Before you disconnect the power source make a note of which LEDs are lit including the LEDs that are lit on the operation information panel and LEDs inside the server on the system board Remove the server from the rack and place it on a flat static protective surface Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Remove the riser card assembly see Removing the riser card assembly on page 156 Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 159 6 Touch the static protective package that contains the new ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller to any unpainted surface on the outside of the server then grasp the controller by the top edge or upper corners of the controller and remove it from the package 7 Align the ServeRAID controller J so that the keys align correctly with the connector J on the system board 8 Insert the ServeRAID controller into the connector on the system board until it is firmly seated The retention bracket secures the ServeRAID controller in place when the controller is firmly seated into the connector on the system board Attention Incomplete insertion might cause damage to the server or the controller 9 Route the signal cables from the driv
305. settings Trained service technician only Replace the system board Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings Trained service technician only Replace the system board Chapter 4 Diagnostics 25 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information FErorcode Desno Aon 3818004 Core Root of Trust Measurement CRTM Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings system error and save the settings Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3818005 Current Bank Core Root of Trust Measurement Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings CRTM capsule signature invalid and save the settings Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3818006 Opposite bank CRTM capsule signature Switch the server firmware bank to the backup invalid bank se
306. sor problems on page 54 for information about diagnosing microprocessor problems If the server stops during testing and you cannot continue restart the server and try running the diagnostic programs again If the problem remains replace the component that was being tested when the server stopped Diagnostic text messages Diagnostic text messages are displayed while the tests are running A diagnostic text message contains one of the following results Passed The test was completed without any errors Failed The test detected an error Aborted The test could not proceed because of the server configuration Additional information concerning test failures is available in the extended diagnostic results for each test Chapter 4 Diagnostics 65 Vievving the test log To view the test log when the tests are completed type the view command in the DSA interactive menu or select Diagnostic Event Log in the graphical user interface To transfer DSA Preboot collections to an external USB device type the copy command in the DSA interactive menu Diagnostic messages The following table describes the messages that the diagnostic programs might generate and suggested actions to correct the detected problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the column Table 5 DSA Preboot messages Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved
307. sources To vievv the total amount of installed memory and the amount of configured memory run the Setup utility Removing a memory module To remove a DIMM complete the follovving steps 1 2 6 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables if necessary Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Attention To ensure proper cooling and airflow do not operate the server for more than 30 minutes with the cover removed Remove the DIMM air baffle see Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle on page 121 Carefully open the retaining clips J on each end of the DIMM connector and remove the DIMM Attention To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the DIMM connectors open and close the clips gently If you are instructed to return the DIMM follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a memory module The maximum operating speed of the server is determined by the slowest DIMM in the server If you install a pair of DIMMs in DIMM connectors 2 and 5 the size and speed of the DIMMs that you install in DIMM connectors 2 and 5 must match each other How ever they do not have to be the same size and speed as the DIMMs t
308. such as oil from your skin can cause connection failures between the contacts and the socket 9 Remove the microprocessor a Carefully lift the microprocessor J straight up and out of the socket without touching the microprocessor contacts b Place the microprocessor on a static protective surface 140 Hardware Maintenance Manual 10 If you are instructed to return the microprocessor follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the microprocessor The following notes describe the type of microprocessor that the server supports and other information that you must consider when you install a microprocessor and heat sink e If you have to replace a microprocessor call for service e Read the documentation that comes with the microprocessor so that you can determine whether you have to update the server firmware To download the latest level of server firmware and other code updates for your server go to http www lenovo com support e The microprocessor speeds are automatically set for this server therefore you do not have to set any microprocessor frequency selection jumpers or switches e If the thermal grease protective cover for example a plastic cap or tape liner is removed from the heat sink do not touch the thermal grease on the bottom of the heat sink or set down the heat sink For more information about applying or working with thermal gre
309. t Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 79 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician e Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or
310. t replace the drive If the activity of the LEDs remains the same go to step 4 on page 49 If the activity of the LEDs changes return to step 1 on page 49 Make sure that the hard disk drive backplane is correctly seated When it is correctly seated the drive assemblies correctly connect to the backplane without bowing or causing movement of the backplane Reseat the backplane power cable and repeat steps 1 on page 49 through 3 on page 49 Reseat the backplane signal cable and repeat steps 1 on page 49 through 3 on page 49 Suspect the backplane signal cable or the backplane e Replace the affected backplane signal cable e Replace the affected backplane Run the diagnostic tests for the SAS SATA controller and hard disk drives see Diagnostic tools on page 17 If the controller passes the test but the drives are not recognized replace the backplane signal cable and run the tests again Replace the backplane If the controller fails the test disconnect the backplane signal cable from the controller and run the tests again If the controller fails the test replace the controller See Problem determination tips on page 104 Multiple hard disk drives fail Make sure that the hard disk drive SAS SATA RAID controller and server device drivers and firmware are at the latest level Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster so
311. t be performed only by a trained service technician Array 1 is in critical condition 1 Error An array is in Critical CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName state Sensor Drive n Status n hard disk drive number Array 1 has failed 1 Error An array is in Failed CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName state Sensor Drive n Status n hard disk drive number Memory uncorrectable error detected Error A memory uncorrectable for DIMM All DIMMs on Memory error has occurred Subsystem All DIMMs Memory Logging Limit Reached Error The memory logging limit for DIMM All DIMMs on Memory has been reached Subsystem All DIMMs Memory DIMM Configuration Error Error A DIMM configuration error for All DIMMs on Memory Subsystem has occurred All DIMMs Replace the hard disk drive that is indicated by a lit status LED Replace the hard disk drive that is indicated by a lit status LED If the server failed the POST memory test reseat the DIMMs Replace any DIMM that is indicated by a lit error LED Note You do not have to replace DIMMs by pairs Run the Setup utility to enable all the DIMMs Run the DSA memory test Update the server firmware to the latest level Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code
312. t determine whether the failing server is part of a shared hard disk drive cluster two or more servers sharing external storage devices If it is part of a cluster you can run all diagnostic programs except the ones that test the storage unit that is a hard disk drive in the storage unit or the storage adapter that is attached to the storage unit The failing server might be part of a cluster if any of the following conditions is true You have identified the failing server as part of a cluster two or more servers sharing external storage devices One or more external storage units are attached to the failing server and at least one of the attached storage units is also attached to another server or unidentifiable device One or more servers are located near the failing server Important If the server is part of a shared hard disk drive cluster run one test at a time Do not run any suite of tests such as quick or normal tests because this might enable the hard disk drive diagnostic tests e Ifthe server is halted and a POST error code is displayed see Event logs on page 17 If the server is halted and no error message is displayed see Troubleshooting tables on page 46 and Solving undetermined problems on page 104 e For information about power supply problems see Solving power problems on page 103 Copyright Lenovo 2009 2010 13 e For intermittent problems check the error log
313. t the riser card power cable fj from the riser card assembly 7 Disconnect any cables from the PCI cards in the riser card assembly If you are instructed to return the riser card assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the riser card assembly To remove the riser card assembly complete the following steps The server comes with one riser card assembly that contains two PCI Express connectors To install the riser card assembly complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Install the PCI cards in the riser card assembly Reconnect any PCI card cables that you disconnected when you removed the riser card assembly If the riser card assembly is an optional PCI X riser card assembly reconnect the riser card power cable to the riser card assembly Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 157 5 Carefully align the riser card assembly with the guides on the rear of the server and with the riser card connectors on the system board then press down on the assembly Make sure that the riser card assembly is fully seated in the connector on the system board 6 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 Replacing an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Controller To replace an IBM ServeRAID B
314. t the server The power on self test POST starts Chapter 4 Diagnostics 101 Step 7 Boot the server to an operating system that is supported by the firmware update package that you downloaded Step 8 Perform the firmware update by following the instructions that are in the firmware update package readme file Step 9 Copy the downloaded firmware update package into a directory Step 10 From a command line type filename s where filename is the name of the executable file that you downloaded with the firmware update package Step 11 Turn off the server and disconnect all power cords and external cables and then remove the server cover Step 12 Move the UEFI boot recovery jumper back to the primary position pins 1 and 2 Step 13 Reinstall the server cover and then reconnect all the power cables Step 14 Restart the server In band automated boot recovery method Note Use this method if the system board error LED is lit and there is a log entry or Booting Backup Image is displayed on the firmware splash screen otherwise use the in band manual recovery method 1 Boot the server to an operating system that is supported by the firmware update package that you downloaded 2 Perform the firmware update by following the instructions that are in the firmware update package readme file 3 Restart the server 4 At the firmware splash screen press F3 when you are prompted to restore to the primary bank The server boots f
315. tation d Industrie Canada Cet appareil num rique de la classe A est conforme a la norme NMB 003 du Canada Australia and New Zealand Class A statement Attention This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures 226 Hardware Maintenance Manual United Ringdom telecommunications safety requirement Notice to Customers This apparatus is approved under approval number NS G 1234 J 100003 for indirect connection to public telecommunication systems in the United Ringdom European Union EMC Directive conformance statement CE This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU Council Directive 2004 108 EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility Lenovo cannot accept responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non recommended modification of the product including the fitting of non Lenovo option cards This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A Information Technology Equipment according to CISPR 22 European Standard EN 55022 The limits for Class A equipment were derived for commercial and industrial environments to provide reasonable protection against interference with licensed communication equipment Attention This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may c
316. ted e HTTP Redirection e Static Content e ASP NET e ASP e CGI e Server Side Includes e Windows Authentication e IIS 6 Metabase Compatibility Note When you select ASP Net or ASP a dialog box displays the additional role services required Click Add Required Role Services Click Install Note If IIS is already installed and certain Role Services are still required expand Roles in the tree view on the left in Server Manager and click on Web Server IIS then click on Add Role Services Select the necessary role services and click Install Installing Microsoft SNMP services To install Microsoft SNMP services do the following 1 2 3 Click Add Features in the Features Summary section on the main page of Server Manager Select the SNMP Services checkbox Click Next then Install 216 Hardware Maintenance Manual Uninstalling the LANDesk Software Agent If the Core Server has LANDesk agents on it from a previous Management Suite release it will fail the autorun prerequisite check You must remove the old agents by running uninstallwinclient exe file from the Program Files LANDesk ManagementsSuite folder Using the remote presence capability and blue screen capture The remote presence and blue screen capture features are integrated functions of the integrated management module IMM When the optional Lenovo Virtual Media Key is installed in the server it activates the remote presence functions The virtual med
317. test again 11 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 201 801 xxx Memory Memory Aborted Test 1 Turn off and restart the system Test canceled 2 Run the test again the system UEFI 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at programmed the latest level The installed firmware the memory level is shown in the DSA event log in the controller Firmware VPD section for this component For with an more information see Updating the firmware invalid CBAR on page 211 address 4 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 85 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Compo
318. that the server supports the microprocessor during POST indicating that the microprocessor is not working correctly Trained service technician only Make sure that the microprocessor is seated correctly 3 Trained the service technician only Reseat the microprocessor 4 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor b Trained service technician only System board Monitor problems Some monitors have their own self tests If you suspect a problem with your monitor see the documentation that comes with the monitor for instructions for testing and adjusting the monitor If you cannot diagnose the problem call for service Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Testing the monitor 1 Make sure that the monitor ca
319. the attached power cords telecommunications systems networks and modems before you open the device covers unless instructed otherwise in the installation and configuration procedures e Connect and disconnect cables as described in the following table when installing moving or opening covers on this product or attached devices To Connect To Disconnect Turn everything OFF Turn everything OFF First attach all cables to devices First remove power cords from outlet Attach signal cables to connectors Remove signal cables from connectors Attach power cords to outlet Remove all cables from devices Turn device ON Statement 2 A CAUTION When replacing the lithium battery use only a type battery recommended by the manufacturer If your system has a module containing a lithium battery replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used handled or disposed of Do not 2 Hardware Maintenance Manual e Throw or immerse into water e Heat to more than 100 C 212 F e Repair or disassemble Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations Statement 3 A CAUTION When laser products such as CD ROMs DVD drives fiber optic devices or transmitters are installed note the following e Do not remove the covers Removing the covers of the laser product could result in exposure to hazard
320. the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Run the test again Reseat the power supply Run the test again Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source 10 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 11 Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 12 Run the test again 13 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 83 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician e Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new ee drivers or to submit a request for information Message number componen est Test Description 166 905 xxx IMM I2C Failed The IMM Note Ignore the error if the hard disk
321. the startup options take effect when you start the server The startup sequence specifies the order in which the server checks devices to find a boot record The server starts from the first boot record that it finds For example you can define a startup sequence that checks for a disc in the DVD drive then checks the hard disk drive and then checks a network adapter This choice is on the full Setup Utility menu only e Boot Manager Select this choice to view add delete or change the device boot priority boot from a file select a one time boot or reset the boot order to the default setting If the server has Wake on LAN hardware and software and the operating system supports Wake on LAN functions you can specify a startup sequence for the Wake on LAN functions For example you can define a startup sequence that checks for a disc in the CD RW DVD drive then checks the hard disk drive and then checks a network adapter e System Event Logs Select this choice to enter the System Event Manager where you can view the error messages in the system event logs You can use the arrow keys to move between pages in the error log The system event logs contain all event and error messages that have been generated during POST by the systems management interface handler and by the system service processor Run the diagnostic programs to get more information about error codes that occur Important If the system error LED on the front of
322. the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician e Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information All or some keys on the Make sure that the keyboard cable is securely connected keyboard do not work If you are using a USB keyboard and it is connected to a USB hub disconnect the keyboard from the hub and connect it directly to the server Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Keyboard b Trained service technician only System board The mouse or pointing device Make sure that GOSS not Work e The mouse or pointing device cable is securely connected to the server e The mouse or pointing device device drivers are installed correctly e The server and the monitor are turned on e The mouse option is enabled in the Setup utility If you are using a USB mouse or pointing device and it is connected to a USB hub disconnect the mouse
323. to Completing the FRU replacement on page 172 Replacing the PCI X riser card power cable To replace the PCI X riser card power cable use the following procedures Removing the PCI X riser card power cable If an optional PCI X riser card assembly is installed in the server an internal power cable for the assembly is also installed To remove the PCI X riser card power cable complete the following steps 1 DaRoN Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cord and all external cables Remove the server from the rack and place it on a flat static protective surface Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Remove the riser card assembly see Replacing the PCI riser card assembly on page 156 Remove the PCI card from the riser card assembly if one is installed see Removing a PCI card on page 130 Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 167 7 Disconnect the riser card povver cable from the PCI X riser card 8 If you are instructed to return the PCI X riser card power cable follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the PCI X riser card power cable To install the replacement PCI X riser card power cable complete the following steps 1 Co
324. ts the installed operating system optional devices and software levels If any hardware or software component is not supported uninstall it to determine whether it is causing the problem You must remove nonsupported hardware before you contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service provider for support 2 Make sure that the server operating system and software are installed and configured correctly Many configuration problems are caused by loose power or signal cables or incorrectly seated adapters You might be able to solve the problem by turning off the server reconnecting cables reseating adapters and turning the server back on See Checkout procedure on page 13 for the instructions to perform the checkout procedures If the problem is associated with a specific function for example if a RAID hard disk drive is marked offline in the RAID array see the documentation for the associated controller and management or controlling software to verify that the controller is correctly configured Problem determination information is available for many devices such as RAID and network adapters For problems with operating systems or Lenovo software or devices complete the following steps Note Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document a Go to http www lenovo com support b From the Select your product list select Servers and Storage
325. ttp www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number ee Test Description IMM I2C Aborted IMM I2C test Test stopped the node is busy try later 166 803 xxx 166 804 xxx 70 Hardware Maintenance Manual Test stopped invalid command i IMM 12C_ Aborted IMM 12C test Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest le
326. ty under the intellectual property rights of Lenovo or third parties All information contained in this document was obtained in specific environments and is presented as an illustration The result obtained in other operating environments may vary Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you Any references in this publication to non Lenovo Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this Lenovo product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment Therefore the result obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly Some measurements may have been made on development level systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on generally available systems Furthermore some measurements may have been estimated through extrapolation Actual results may vary Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their specific environment Copyright Lenovo 2009 2010 221 Trademarks The following terms are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States other countries or both Lenovo Lenovo logo ThinkServer The following terms are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporat
327. upport Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number componer Test Description 166 813 xxx IMM I2C Aborted IMM I2C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test stopped the power source You must disconnect the 166 81 4 xxx cannot system from ac power to reset the IMM return the number of requested data bytes 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system IMM I2C Aborted IMM I2C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test stopped the power source You must disconnect the requested system from ac power to reset the IMM sensor data or record is not present A
328. ures and specifications of the server Depending on the server model some features might not be available or some specifications might not apply Chapter 2 General information 9 Table 1 Features and specifications Microprocessor e Supports one Intel quad core Xeon 3400 series or dual core Celeron G1101 Pentium G6950 or core i3 series processor with the IbexPeak 3420 chip set and Multi chip Package MCP processor architecture e Designed for LGA 1156 socket e Scalable up to four cores e 32 KB instruction cache 32 KB data cache and up to 8 MB cache that is shared among the cores e Support for lntel Extended Memory 64 Technology EM64T Notes e Use the Setup utility to determine the type and speed of the microprocessor Memory e Minimum 1 GB e Maximum 32 GB 16 GB using unbuffered DIMMs UDIMMs 32 GB using registered DIMMs RDIMMs e Types PC3 8500 or PC3 10600R 999 single rank or double rank 1066 and 1333 MHz ECC DDR3 registered or unbuffered SDRAM DIMMs only e Connectors Six dual inline memory module DIMM connectors two way interleaved e Supports 1 GB 2 GB and 4 GB when available unbuffered DIMMS 1 GB 2 GB 4 GB and 8 GB when available registered DIMMs 10 Hardware Maintenance Manual SATA optical drives e UltraSlim DVD ROM combo optional e Multi burner optional Hard disk drive expansion bays depending on the model One of the following
329. urn off the server then disconnect all power cords and external cables See the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Do not change settings or move jumpers on any system board switch or jumper block that is not shown in this document Administrator password If an administrator password is set you must type the administrator password for access to the full Setup utility menu You can use any combination of up to seven characters A Z a z and 0 9 for the password Chapter 8 Configuring the server 201 If you forget the administrator passvvord you can reset it after you change the position of the clear CMOS jumper Resetting passvvords If you forget the power on password or administrator password you can move the clear CMOS jumper block on the system board to pins 2 and 3 to clear CMOS memory and bypass the power on or administrator password check The jumper location is shown in the following illustration
330. us settings 200 Hardware Maintenance Manual e Load Default Settings Select this choice to cancel the changes that you have made in the settings and restore the factory settings e Exit Setup Select this choice to exit from the Setup Utility If you have not saved the changes that you have made in the settings you are asked whether you want to save the changes or exit without saving them Passwords From the System Security choice you can set change and delete a power on password and an administrator password The System Security choice is on the full Configuration Setup Utility menu only If you set only a power on password you must type the power on password to complete the system startup you have access to the full Configuration Setup Utility menu An administrator password is intended to be used by a system administrator it limits access to the full Configuration Setup Utility menu If you set only an administrator password you do not have to type a password to complete the system startup but you must type the administrator password to access the Configuration Setup Utility menu If you set a power on password for a user and an administrator password for a system administrator you can type either password to complete the system startup A system administrator who types the administrator password has access to the full Configuration Setup Utility menu the system administrator can give the user authority to set change and del
331. use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysInfoProdName lt m t_model gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysInfoSerialNum lt s n gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt e Online RCS access unauthenticated and user restricted You do not need to specify a value for access method when you use this access method The RCS access method uses the IPMI RCS interface This method requires that the IPMI driver be installed Some operating systems have the IPMI driver installed by default ASU provides the Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 171 5 corresponding mapping layer To see the Advanced Settings Utility Users Guide You can access the ASU Users Guide from the Lenovo support VVeb site a Go to http www lenovo com support b Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list c From Family list select ThinkServer RS210 and click Continue d Click Downloads and drivers e Click User s guides and manuals to link to the ASU Users Guide The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not using the default values Examples that do not use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsInfoProdName lt m t_model gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsInfoSerialNum lt s n gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt e Remote LAN access type the co
332. utton on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device The device also might have more than one power cord To remove all electrical current from the device ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power source AA 20 gt 1a Statement 8 AA CAUTION Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached Hazardous voltage current and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached There are no serviceable parts inside these components If you suspect a problem with one of these parts contact a service technician Removing the power supply To remove the power supply complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Disconnect the ac power cord from the connector on the power supply Disconnect all external cables from the server 3 Remove the server from the rack and remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Attention To ensure proper cooling and airflow do not operate the server for more than 30 minutes with the cover removed 4 Remove the DIMM air baffle see Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle on page 121 5 Disconnect the power supply cables from the connectors on the system board and from al
333. vel of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 211 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number componer Test Description 166 805 xxx IMM I2C Aborted IMM 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from Test stopped the power source You must disconnect the 166 806 xxx invalid system from ac power to reset the IMM command for the given LUN After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the
334. vice technician only lower critical has asserted low has asserted Replace the system board Numeric sensor Planar 5V going high Error An upper critical sensor Trained service technician only upper critical has asserted going high has asserted Replace the system board Numeric sensor Planar VBAT going Error A lower critical sensor going Replace the 3 V battery low lower critical has asserted low has asserted Numeric sensor Fan n Tach going low Error A lower critical sensor going Reseat the failing fan n lower critical has asserted n fan low has asserted which is indicated by a lit number LED on the system board see System board LEDs on page 112 2 Replace the failing fan n fan number Chapter 4 Diagnostics 27 e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician The Processor CPU nStatus has A processor failed IERR 1 Make sure that the latest levels Failed with IERR n microprocessor condition has occurred of firmware and device drivers number are installed for all adapters and
335. was disabled by a systems management interrupt SMI replace the DIMM Run memory diagnostics see Diagnostic tools on page 17 Make sure that there is no memory mismatch when the server is at the minimum memory configuration 5 Add one pair of DIMMs at a time making sure that the DIMMs in each pair match 6 Reseat the DIMM 7 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMMs b Trained service technician only Replace the system board Multiple rows of DIMMs in a Reseat the DIMMs then restart the server branch are identified as failing 2 Replace the failing DIMM 3 Trained service technician only Replace the system board Chapter 4 Diagnostics 53 Microprocessor problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 175 to determine vvhich components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information A microprocessor LED is lit Make sure
336. www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information FErercode Descron ian 3048005 Booted secondary backup UEFI image Information message that the backup UEFI settings are used 3048006 Booted secondary backup UEFI image 1 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings because of ABR and save the settings to recover the primary UEFI settings Turn off the server and remove it from the power source Reconnect the server to the power source then turn on the server 305000A RTC date time is incorrect Adjust the date and time settings in the Setup utility and then restart the server 2 Reseat the battery 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Battery b Trained service technician only System board 3058001 System configuration invalid 1 Run the Setup utility and select Save Settings Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time Battery Failing device if the device is a FRU it must be replaced by a trained service technician only Trained service technician only System board 3058004 Three boot failure Undo any recent system changes such as new settings or newly installed devices Make sure that the server is attached to a r

Conair Water/Spray Tanks Water System User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents